Commanding and Signalling Devices
9/1
Introduction
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and
Indicator Lights, 22 mm
9
9/40
Control stations
9/41
Accessories and spare parts
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 30 mm
Actuators and Indicators, Metal, Round
9/3
Complete units
Heavy Duty, Watertight/Oiltight
9/5
Actuators and indicators
9/43
Overview
Actuators and Indicators,Plastic, Round
9/44
Complete pushbutton units
9/8
Complete units
9/45
Complete push pull units
9/10
Coordinate switches, complete
9/49
Twist to release complete units
9/11
Actuators and indicators
9/50
Indicator Lights
Components for Actuators and Indicators
9/51
Push to test complete units
9/15
Contact blocks and lampholders
9/52
Complete selector switch units
Labels
9/53
Pushbutton operators
9/18
Laser inscriptions
9/54
Selector switch operators
9/19
Insert labels
9/57
Special devices
9/20
Name plates
Black Max Corrosion Resistant
Accessories and Spare Parts
9/58
Complete units
9/23
Protective covers
Miscellaneous accessories
9/59
Complete push pull units
9/60
Complete push pull units
Enclosures
9/63
Twist to release complete units
9/24
Enclosures with standard fittings
Empty enclosures
9/64
Indicator lights
9/65
Push to test complete units
9/25
Customized enclosures
9/66
Selector switch complete units
9/26
Contact blocks and lampholders
9/67
Pushbutton operators
Accessories
9/68
Selector switch operators
3SB3 Two-Hand Operation Consoles
Accessories and Spare Parts
9/27
Plastic and metal enclosures
9/69
Cam selection
3SE7 Cable Operated Switches
9/70
Custom selector switch designs
9/71
Accessories and spare parts
9/28
Overview Metal Enclosures
9/29
Accessories
Class 52 Heavy Duty Pushbuttons Stations
8WD Signaling Columns
9/75
Oiltight pushbutton stations
9/30
8WD4 Signaling columns,
50 mm and 70 mm diameter, accesories
9/77
Empty Enclosures
9/78
Legend plates for Class 51 and 52
8WD53 integrated signal lamps,
70 mm diameter
9/79
Dimensional drawings
Class 50 Standard Duty Pushbutton Station
9/80
General
9/81
5A 600V AC NEMA B600
Class 50 Heavy Duty Pushbutton Station
9/32
Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights for Hazardous Locations
Class 51 Pilot Devices
9/33
General
Class 51, NEMA Type 7 & 9 Devices
9/34
Operators only
9/86
10A 600V AC NEMA B600
9/35
Indicator lights
Pushbutton Stations
9/36
Indicator light operators
9/87
Standard duty station accessories
9/37
Selector switch operators
9/88
Standard duty dimensional drawings
9/39
Cam selection
Siemens ICP · 2011
ICP_2010_09_02Edit_ab.fm Page 1 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:29 AM
Commanding and Signaling Devices
Introduction
■ Overview
3SB30, 3SB32
3SB35, 3SB36
22 mm
Plastic, round
22 mm
Metal, round
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
----
4
4
4
--
4
4
4
4
4 (with solder
connections)
4
4
4 (with solder
connections)
4
4
-4
4
4
4
-4
4
4
4
Pushbutton units and indicator
lights
Designs
Nominal diameter
Version
Actuators
Pushbuttons and switches
Illuminated pushbuttons and
illuminated switches
Mushroom pushbuttons
Push-pull buttons
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons
Knobs
Locks
Special actuators
Coordinate switches
Twin pushbuttons
Potentiometer operating
mechanisms
Indicators
Indicator lights
Acoustic signaling devices
Switching blocks
Single-pole
Two-pole
Lampholders
Wedge base
BA 9s base
With integrated LEDs
Terminals
Plug-in connection
Screw terminals
Spring-loaded terminals
Solder pins
AS-Interface
AS-Interface solutions
Commanding and signaling devices of the SIRIUS 3SB3 series can
be connected to the AS-Interface communication system quickly
and easily with the help of various solutions.
For AS-Interface solutions, see catalog IK PI
"Industrial Communication for Automation & Drives".
AS-Interface EMERGENCY-STOP according to ISO 13850
Using a special F adapter, EMERGENCY-STOP devices
according to ISO 13850 (former EN 418) can be directly
connected through the standard AS-Interface with safetyoriented communication.
9/1
Siemens ICP · 2011
AS-Interface enclosures and front panel modules
Enclosures with standard fittings are listed in this catalog. For customized enclosures, use the 3SB configurator to select the blocks
for equipping (see Catalog IK PI).
For front panel modules with one 4I/4O slave for connection of
four 3SB3 commanding or signaling devices see catalog IK PI.
4
--
Standard
Not available
o
Optional
1)
Only pushbuttons, no pushbutton switches.
ICP_2010_09_02Edit_ab.fm Page 2 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:29 AM
Commanding and Signaling Devices
Introduction
1
2
3
Enclosures
Plastic
Metal
Actuators
Pushbuttons and switches
Illuminated pushbuttons and switches
Mushroom pushbuttons
Push-pull buttons
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons
Knobs
Locks
Bowden wires
Indicators
Indicator lights
Acoustic signaling devices
Contact blocks
Single-pole
Two-pole
Three-pole
Four-pole
Terminals
Screw terminals
Spring-loaded terminals
Molded cables
Plug-in connection
AS-Interface
3SB38
3SB38 6
Enclosures
2-hand operation consoles Cable-operated switches Foot switches
3SE7, 3SF2
4
4
4
4
-4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
-4
----4
4
-----
4
4
--
----
--4
----
4
4
---
4
--
---
4
----
4
4
---
-4
-4
-4
4
4
4
4
--4
4
❏
-o
o
4
--o
--
4
-4
o
--
4
3SE29
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Enclosures
Plastic
Metal
lighting
Incandescent lamps
LEDs
Flashlights
Terminals
Screw terminals
Spring-loaded terminals
AS-Interface
8WD42, 8WD44
8WD53
Signaling columns
Integrated signal lamps
4
--
4
--
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
---
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/2
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 3 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Actuators and Indicators, Metal, Round
Complete units
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Color of
handle
Contacts
DT Screw terminals
Pushbuttons
with flat button
Black
Black
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
1 NO
1 NC
1 NC
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
}
Illuminated pushbuttons
with flat button
With integrated LED
24 V AC/DC
Red1)
Yellow1)
Green1)
Blue1)
White
Clear1)
1 NC
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
}
With integrated LED
230 V AC
Red1)
Yellow1)
Green1)
Blue1)
White
Clear1)
1 NC
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
}
Red1)
Yellow1)
Green1)
Blue1)
White
Clear1)
DT Spring-loaded
terminals
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No.
Order No.
3SB36 02-0AA11
3SB36 03-0AA11
3SB36 03-0AA21
3SB36 02-0AA31
3SB36 02-0AA41
3SB36 02-0AA51
3SB36 02-0AA61
3SB36 02-0AA11-0CC0
3SB36 03-0AA11-0CC0
3SB36 03-0AA21-0CC0
3SB36 02-0AA31-0CC0
3SB36 02-0AA41-0CC0
3SB36 02-0AA51-0CC0
3SB36 02-0AA61-0CC0
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.090
0.090
0.090
0.090
0.090
0.090
0.090
3SB36 46-0AA21
3SB36 45-0AA31
3SB36 45-0AA41
3SB36 45-0AA51
3SB36 45-0AA61
3SB36 45-0AA71
3SB36 46-0AA21-0CC0
3SB36 45-0AA31-0CC0
3SB36 45-0AA41-0CC0
3SB36 45-0AA51-0CC0
3SB36 45-0AA61-0CC0
3SB36 45-0AA71-0CC0
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
3SB36 54-0AA21
3SB36 53-0AA31
3SB36 53-0AA41
3SB36 53-0AA51
3SB36 53-0AA61
3SB36 53-0AA71
3SB36 54-0AA21-0CC0
3SB36 53-0AA31-0CC0
3SB36 53-0AA41-0CC0
3SB36 53-0AA51-0CC0
3SB36 53-0AA61-0CC0
3SB36 53-0AA71-0CC0
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
1 NC
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
3SB36 07-0AA21
3SB36 06-0AA31
3SB36 06-0AA41
3SB36 06-0AA51
3SB36 06-0AA61
3SB36 06-0AA71
3SB36 07-0AA21-0CC0
3SB36 06-0AA31-0CC0
3SB36 06-0AA41-0CC0
3SB36 06-0AA51-0CC0
3SB36 06-0AA61-0CC0
3SB36 06-0AA71-0CC0
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
Mushroom push-pull
Red
buttons, Ø 40 mm, latching
With pull-to-unlatch
mechanism
1 NC
3SB36 03-1CA21
3SB36 03-1CA21-0CC0
1 unit
0.100
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB36 01-1CA21
3SB36 01-1CA21-0CC0
1 unit
0.107
Selector switches,
2 switch positions
Switching sequence O-I,
50° operating angle,
latching
Black
1 NO
3SB36 02-2KA11
3SB36 02-2KA11-0CC0
1 unit
0.100
Standard
version
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB36 01-2KA11
3SB36 01-2KA11-0CC0
1 unit
0.100
Selector switches,
3 switch positions
Switching sequence I-O-II,
2 x 50° operating angle,
latching
Black
1 NO, 1 NO
}
3SB36 10-2DA11
3SB36 10-2DA11-0CC0
1 unit
0.120
Standard
version
1 NO + 1 NC, }
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB36 08-2DA11
3SB36 08-2DA11-0CC0
1 unit
0.120
Selector switches,
3 switch positions
Switching sequence I-O-II,
2 x 50° operating angle,
momentary-contact type
Black
Standard
version
1 NO, 1 NO
3SB36 10-2EA11
3SB36 10-2EA11-0CC0
1 unit
0.110
3SB36 08-2EA11
3SB36 08-2EA11-0CC0
1 unit
0.110
RONIS key-operated
switches,
2 switch positions
Key can be removed in any
RONIS key-operated switch position,
switching sequence O-I,
50° operating angle,
latching
Lock
No. SB 30
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB36 01-4AD11
3SB36 01-4AD11-0CC0
1 unit
0.130
3SB36 02-4AD11
3SB36 02-4AD11-0CC0
1 unit
0.120
Pushbutton with
flat button
Illuminated pushbutton
with flat button
Illuminated pushbuttons
with flat button
With BA 9s lampholder,
without lamp
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
kg
Mushroom push-pull button
Selector switch
1)
Inscription is possible by inserting a label.
9/3
Siemens ICP · 2011
}
1 NO + 1 NC,
1 NO + 1 NC
1 NO
}
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 4 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Actuators and Indicators, Metal, Round
Complete units
Version
Color of
handle
Contacts
DT Screw terminals
Order No.
DT Spring-loaded
terminals
PS*
Order No.
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
2
EMERGENCY-STOP control devices according to ISO 13850,
with yellow name plate, Ø 80 mm, with inscription
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons, Ø 40 mm,
with positive latching function
3
German inscription "NOT-HALT"
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbutton with
rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
With rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism
Red
With pull-to-unlatch
mechanism
Red
3SB36 03-1HA20
3SB36 03-1HA20-0CC0
1 unit
1 NO + 1 NC
1 NC
3SB36 01-1HA20
3SB36 01-1HA20-0CC0
1 unit
0.140
1 NC
3SB36 03-1TA20
3SB36 03-1TA20-0CC0
1 unit
0.130
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB36 01-1TA20
3SB36 01-1TA20-0CC0
1 unit
0.140
1 NC + 1 NC
--
3SB36 11-1TA20-0CC0
1 unit
0.131
}
0.130
English inscription "EMERGENCY STOP"
With rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism
Red
With pull-to-unlatch
mechanism
Red
1
1 NC
3SB36 03-1HR20
--
1 unit
0.130
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB36 01-1HR20
--
1 unit
0.140
1 NC
3SB36 03-1TR20
--
1 unit
0.140
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB36 01-1TR20
--
1 unit
0.140
French inscription "ARRET D’URGENCE"
With rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism
Red
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB36 01-1HP20
--
1 unit
0.140
With pull-to-unlatch
mechanism
Red
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB36 01-1TP20
--
1 unit
0.140
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbutton with
pull-to-unlatch
mechanism
4
5
6
7
8
Version
Rated
voltage of
lamp
Color of lens DT Screw terminals
V
Indicator lights with lens
with concentric rings1)
With integrated LED
24 AC/DC
230 AC
Indicator light with lens
with concentric rings
Indicator lights with lens
with concentric rings1)
With BA 9s lampholder,
without lamp
–
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Clear
}
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Clear
}
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Clear
}
}
}
}
DT Spring-loaded
terminals
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No.
Order No.
3SB36 44-6BA20
3SB36 44-6BA30
3SB36 44-6BA40
3SB36 44-6BA50
3SB36 44-6BA60
3SB36 44-6BA70
3SB36 44-6BA20-0CC0
3SB36 44-6BA30-0CC0
3SB36 44-6BA40-0CC0
3SB36 44-6BA50-0CC0
3SB36 44-6BA60-0CC0
3SB36 44-6BA70-0CC0
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
3SB36 52-6BA20
3SB36 52-6BA30
3SB36 52-6BA40
3SB36 52-6BA50
3SB36 52-6BA60
3SB36 52-6BA70
3SB36 52-6BA20-0CC0
3SB36 52-6BA30-0CC0
3SB36 52-6BA40-0CC0
3SB36 52-6BA50-0CC0
3SB36 52-6BA60-0CC0
3SB36 52-6BA70-0CC0
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
3SB36 04-6BA20
3SB36 04-6BA30
3SB36 04-6BA40
3SB36 04-6BA50
3SB36 04-6BA60
3SB36 04-6BA70
3SB36 04-6BA20-0CC0
3SB36 04-6BA30-0CC0
3SB36 04-6BA40-0CC0
3SB36 04-6BA50-0CC0
3SB36 04-6BA60-0CC0
3SB36 04-6BA70-0CC0
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
9
kg
10
11
12
13
Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
Inscription by inserting a label is not possible.
14
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/4
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 5 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Actuators and Indicators, Metal, Round
Complete units
Selection and ordering data
Version
Inscription
Color of handle DT Order No.
PS*
Weight per PU approx.
kg
Pushbuttons with holder1)
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
Green
Red
White
Black
Blue
3SB35 00-0AA81
3SB35 00-0AB01
3SB35 00-0AB11
3SB35 00-0AB21
3SB35 00-0AC81
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
Pushbuttons
with raised button
Black
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
3SB35 00-0BA11
3SB35 00-0BA21
3SB35 00-0BA31
3SB35 00-0BA41
3SB35 00-0BA51
3SB35 00-0BA61
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
Illuminated pushbuttons
with flat button
Including holder for 3 elements
Amber
Red2)
Yellow2)
Green2)
Blue2)
White
Clear2)
3SB35 01-0AA01
3SB35 01-0AA21
3SB35 01-0AA31
3SB35 01-0AA41
3SB35 01-0AA51
3SB35 01-0AA61
3SB35 01-0AA71
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
Illuminated pushbutton with
flat button
Black
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Clear2)
I
O
I
O
R
Pushbutton with flat button
Pushbutton with raised
button
}
}
3SB35 00-0AA11
3SB35 00-0AA21
3SB35 00-0AA31
3SB35 00-0AA41
3SB35 00-0AA51
3SB35 00-0AA61
3SB35 00-0AA71
Pushbuttons
with flat button
}
}
}
}
}
Illuminated pushbuttons
with raised button
Including holder for 3 elements
Amber
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Clear
3SB35 01-0BA01
3SB35 01-0BA21
3SB35 01-0BA31
3SB35 01-0BA41
3SB35 01-0BA51
3SB35 01-0BA61
3SB35 01-0BA71
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
Pushbuttons
with flat button, latching
Unlatches by pressing again
Black
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
3SB35 00-0DA11
3SB35 00-0DA21
3SB35 00-0DA31
3SB35 00-0DA41
3SB35 00-0DA51
3SB35 00-0DA61
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
Amber
Red2)
Yellow2)
Green2)
Blue2)
White
Clear2)
3SB35 01-0DA01
3SB35 01-0DA21
3SB35 01-0DA31
3SB35 01-0DA41
3SB35 01-0DA51
3SB35 01-0DA61
3SB35 01-0DA71
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
Mushroom pushbuttons, Ø 30 mm
Black
Red
Yellow
Green
3SB35 00-1DA11
3SB35 00-1DA21
3SB35 00-1DA31
3SB35 00-1DA41
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
Mushroom pushbuttons, Ø 40 mm
Black
Red
Yellow
Green
3SB35 00-1GA11
3SB35 00-1GA21
3SB35 00-1GA31
3SB35 00-1GA41
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.085
0.085
0.085
0.085
Mushroom pushbuttons, Ø 60 mm
Black
Red
Yellow
Green
3SB35 00-1QA11
3SB35 00-1QA21
3SB35 00-1QA31
3SB35 00-1QA41
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.090
0.090
0.090
0.090
Illuminated mushroom pushbuttons, Ø 30 mm
Including holder for 3 elements
Amber
Yellow
Green
White
3SB35 01-1DA01
3SB35 01-1DA31
3SB35 01-1DA41
3SB35 01-1DA61
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
Illuminated mushroom pushbuttons, Ø 40 mm
Including holder for 3 elements
Amber
Yellow
Green
White
3SB35 01-1GA01
3SB35 01-1GA31
3SB35 01-1GA41
3SB35 01-1GA61
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.085
0.085
0.085
0.085
Illuminated mushroom pushbuttons, Ø 60 mm
Including holder for 3 elements
Amber
Yellow
Green
White
3SB35 01-1QA01
3SB35 01-1QA31
3SB35 01-1QA41
3SB35 01-1QA61
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.090
0.090
0.090
0.090
Push-pull buttons, Ø 30 mm,
latching, with pull-to-unlatch
Black
Red3)
3SB35 00-1EA11
3SB35 00-1EA21
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
Push-pull buttons, Ø 40 mm,
latching, with pull-to-unlatch
Black
Red3)
3SB35 00-1CA11
3SB35 00-1CA21
1 unit
1 unit
0.085
0.085
Push-pull buttons, Ø 60 mm,
latching, with pull-to-unlatch
Black
Red
3SB35 00-1RA11
3SB35 00-1RA21
1 unit
1 unit
0.090
0.090
Illuminated pushbuttons
Illuminated pushbutton with with flat button, latching
raised button
Unlatches by pressing again
(including holder for 3 elements)
Mushroom pushbuttons with holder1)
Mushroom pushbutton,
Ø 30 mm
Illuminated mushroom
pushbutton, Ø 60 mm
1)
Also available without holder. Supplement Order No. with "–Z" and quote
order code "B01".
2)
Inscription is possible by inserting a label.
9/5
Siemens ICP · 2011
Also available as illuminatable 3SB35 01-1EA.1, -1CA.1 push-pull buttons incl.
holders for 3 elements, also in other colors.
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 6 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Actuators and Indicators, Metal, Round
Complete units
Version
Lighting version
Color of
handle
DT Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
1
2
kg
Selector switches with holder1)
Selector switches with 2 switch positions
Switching sequence O-I,
50° operating angle, latching
Selector switch,
2 switch positions,
standard version
Switching sequence O-I,
50° operating angle,
momentary contact type
Non-illuminated,
standard version
Black
Red
Green
White
Illuminated,
standard version,
including holder for
3 elements
Amber
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Clear
Non-illuminated,
standard version
Black
Red
Green
White
Illuminated,
standard version,
including holder for
3 elements
Amber
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Clear
}
}
3SB35 00-2KA11
3SB35 00-2KA21
3SB35 00-2KA41
3SB35 00-2KA61
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
3
3SB35 00-2KA01
3SB35 01-2KA21
3SB35 01-2KA31
3SB35 01-2KA41
3SB35 01-2KA51
3SB35 01-2KA71
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
4
3SB35 00-2LA11
3SB35 00-2LA21
3SB35 00-2LA41
3SB35 00-2LA61
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
3SB35 01-2LA01
3SB35 01-2LA21
3SB35 01-2LA31
3SB35 01-2LA41
3SB35 01-2LA51
3SB35 01-2LA71
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
3SB35 00-2DA11
3SB35 00-2DA21
3SB35 00-2DA41
3SB35 00-2DA61
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
3SB35 01-2DA01
3SB35 01-2DA21
3SB35 01-2DA31
3SB35 01-2DA41
3SB35 01-2DA51
3SB35 01-2DA71
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
3SB35 00-2EA11
3SB35 00-2EA21
3SB35 00-2EA41
3SB35 00-2EA61
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
3SB35 01-2EA01
3SB35 01-2EA21
3SB35 01-2EA31
3SB35 01-2EA41
3SB35 01-2EA51
3SB35 01-2EA71
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
0.080
Selector switches with 3 switch positions
Switching sequence I-O-II
2 x 50° operating angle, latching
Selector switch,
3 switch positions,
standard version
Switching sequence I-O-II
2 x 50° operating angle,
momentary contact type
1)
Non-illuminated,
standard version
Black
Red
Green
White
Illuminated,
standard version,
including holder for
3 elements
Amber
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Clear
Non-illuminated,
standard version
Black
Red
Green
White
Illuminated,
standard version,
including holder for
3 elements
Amber
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Clear
}
}
Also available without holder. Supplement Order No. with "–Z" and quote
order code "B01". Price reduction.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/6
.
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 7 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Actuators and Indicators, Metal, Round
Complete units
Version
Color of handle
DT Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
EMERGENCY-STOP control devices according to ISO 13850 and IEC 60947-5-5 with holder1)2)
Mushroom diameter 32 mm
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons, Ø 32 mm,
with positive latching acc. to ISO 13850,
with rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
Red
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons, Ø 40 mm,
with positive latching acc. to ISO 13850,
with rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
Red
}
with mechanicalswitch position Indicator
Mushroom diameter 40 mm,
with rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism
Mushroom diameter 40 mm,
pull-to-unlatch mechanism
3SB35 00-1FA20
1 unit
0.110
3SB35 00-1HA20
1 unit
0.120
3SB3500-1HA26
With pull-to-unlatch mechanism
Red
3SB35 00-1TA20
1 unit
0.120
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons, Ø 60 mm,
with positive latching acc. to ISO 13850,
with rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
Red
3SB35 00-1AA20
1 unit
0.140
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
Red
pushbuttons, Ø 40 mm,
with RONIS key-operated switch,
(with 2 keys), lock No. SB 30,
with positive latching according to ISO 13850,
unlocking only possible using key
3SB35 00-1BA20
1 unit
0.145
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
Red
pushbuttons, Ø 40 mm,
with CES key-operated switch, (with 2 keys),
lock No. SSG 10,
with positive latching according to ISO 13850,
unlocking only possible using key
3SB35 00-1KA20
1 unit
0.170
Mushroom diameter 60 mm
1)
Version
Color of lens
DT Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Signaling elements with holder1)
Indicator lights
with lens with concentric rings3)
Indicator light
with smooth lens
Indicator lights
with smooth lens3)
1)
Also available without holder. Supplement Order No. with "–Z" and quote
order code "B01".
2)
The yellow backing plates must be ordered separately, see Accessories and
Spare Parts.
3)
Inscription by inserting a label is not possible.
9/7
Siemens ICP · 2011
Amber
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Clear
Amber
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
}
3SB35 01-6BA00
3SB35 01-6BA20
3SB35 01-6BA30
3SB35 01-6BA40
3SB35 01-6BA50
3SB35 01-6BA60
3SB35 01-6BA70
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
}
3SB35 01-6AA00
3SB35 01-6AA20
3SB35 01-6AA30
3SB35 01-6AA40
3SB35 01-6AA50
3SB35 01-6AA60
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
}
}
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 8 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Actuators and Indicators, Plastic, Round
Complete units
1
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Pushbuttons
with flat button
Pushbutton with
flat button
Color of
handle
Contacts
DT Screw terminals
Black
Black
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
1 NO
1 NC
1 NC
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
}
Illuminated pushbuttons
with flat button
With integrated LED
24 V AC/DC
Red1)
Yellow1)
Green1)
Blue1)
White
Clear1)
1 NC
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
}
Illuminated pushbuttons
with flat button
With BA 9s lampholder,
without lamp
Red1)
Yellow1)
Green1)
Blue1)
White
Clear1)
1 NC
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
Selector switches,
2 switch positions
Switching sequence O-I,
50° operating angle,
latching
Black
1 NO
Selector switches,
3 switch positions
Switching sequence I-O-II,
2 x 50° operating angle,
latching
Black
Selector switches,
3 switch positions
Switching sequence I-O-II,
2 x 50° operating angle,
momentary-contact type
Black
}
}
}
}
}
}
1 NO + 1 NC
DT Spring-loaded
terminals
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No.
Order No.
kg
3SB32 02-0AA11
3SB32 03-0AA11
3SB32 03-0AA21
3SB32 02-0AA31
3SB32 02-0AA41
3SB32 02-0AA51
3SB32 02-0AA61
3SB32 02-0AA11-0CC0
3SB32 03-0AA11-0CC0
3SB32 03-0AA21-0CC0
3SB32 02-0AA31-0CC0
3SB32 02-0AA41-0CC0
3SB32 02-0AA51-0CC0
3SB32 02-0AA61-0CC0
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
3SB32 46-0AA21
3SB32 45-0AA31
3SB32 45-0AA41
3SB32 45-0AA51
3SB32 45-0AA61
3SB32 45-0AA71
3SB32 46-0AA21-0CC0
3SB32 45-0AA31-0CC0
3SB32 45-0AA41-0CC0
3SB32 45-0AA51-0CC0
3SB32 45-0AA61-0CC0
3SB32 45-0AA71-0CC0
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
3SB32 07-0AA21
3SB32 06-0AA31
3SB32 06-0AA41
3SB32 06-0AA51
3SB32 06-0AA61
3SB32 06-0AA71
3SB32 07-0AA21-0CC0
3SB32 06-0AA31-0CC0
3SB32 06-0AA41-0CC0
3SB32 06-0AA51-0CC0
3SB32 06-0AA61-0CC0
3SB32 06-0AA71-0CC0
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
3SB32 02-2KA11
3SB32 02-2KA11-0CC0
1 unit
0.040
3SB32 01-2KA11
3SB32 01-2KA11-0CC0
1 unit
0.050
2
3
4
5
6
7
Illuminated pushbutton
with flat button
Selector switch
RONIS key-operated
switches,
2 switch positions
With 2 keys
Switching sequence O-I,
50° operating angle,
RONIS key-operated switch latching
1 NO, 1 NO
}
1 NO + 1 NC,
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB32 10-2DA11
3SB32 10-2DA11-0CC0
1 unit
0.070
3SB32 08-2DA11
3SB32 08-2DA11-0CC0
1 unit
0.070
9
Lock No.
SB 30
1 NO, 1 NO
3SB32 10-2EA11
3SB32 10-2EA11-0CC0
1 unit
0.070
1 NO + 1 NC,
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB32 08-2EA11
3SB32 08-2EA11-0CC0
1 unit
0.070
3SB32 02-4AD11
3SB32 02-4AD11-0CC0
1 unit
0.070
3SB32 01-4AD11
3SB32 01-4AD11-0CC0
1 unit
0.080
1 NO
}
1 NO + 1 NC
11
13
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons, Ø 40 mm,
with positive latching function
14
Red
ÜFZ
T
B G-
PR
1 NC
ER
With pull-to-unlatch
mechanism
10
12
EMERGENCY-STOP control devices according to ISO 13850,
with yellow name plate, Ø 80 mm, with inscription2)
With rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism
8
3SB32 03-1HA20
3SB32 03-1HA20-0CC0
1 unit
0.070
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB32 01-1HA20
3SB32 01-1HA20-0CC0
1 unit
0.080
1 NC
3SB32 03-1TA20
--
1 unit
0.060
1 NO + 1 NC
3SB32 01-1TA20
--
1 unit
0.050
}
15
96 4041
16
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbutton
Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1)
2)
Inscription is possible by inserting a label.
German inscription "NOT-HALT".
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/8
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 9 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Actuators and Indicators, Plastic, Round
Complete units
Version
Rated
voltage of
lamp
Color of lens DT Screw terminals
Order No.
3SB32 44-6AA20-0CC0
3SB32 44-6AA30-0CC0
3SB32 44-6AA40-0CC0
3SB32 44-6AA50-0CC0
3SB32 44-6AA60-0CC0
3SB32 44-6AA70-0CC0
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
3SB32 04-6AA20
3SB32 04-6AA30
3SB32 04-6AA40
3SB32 04-6AA50
3SB32 04-6AA60
3SB32 04-6AA70
3SB32 04-6AA20-0CC0
3SB32 04-6AA30-0CC0
3SB32 04-6AA40-0CC0
3SB32 04-6AA50-0CC0
3SB32 04-6AA60-0CC0
3SB32 04-6AA70-0CC0
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
3SB32 44-6BA20
3SB32 44-6BA30
3SB32 44-6BA40
3SB32 44-6BA50
3SB32 44-6BA60
3SB32 44-6BA70
3SB32 44-6BA20-0CC0
3SB32 44-6BA30-0CC0
3SB32 44-6BA40-0CC0
3SB32 44-6BA50-0CC0
3SB32 44-6BA60-0CC0
3SB32 44-6BA70-0CC0
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Clear
3SB32 04-6BA20
3SB32 04-6BA30
3SB32 04-6BA40
3SB32 04-6BA50
3SB32 04-6BA60
3SB32 04-6BA70
3SB32 04-6BA20-0CC0
3SB32 04-6BA30-0CC0
3SB32 04-6BA40-0CC0
3SB32 04-6BA50-0CC0
3SB32 04-6BA60-0CC0
3SB32 04-6BA70-0CC0
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
Black
3SB32 33-7BA10
3SB32 34-7BA10
3SB32 35-7BA10
----
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.042
0.042
0.040
Indicator lights,
with smooth lens1)
With BA 9s lampholder,
without lamp
–
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Clear
Indicator lights with lens
with concentric rings1)
With integrated LED
24 AC/DC
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Clear
Indicator lights with lens
with concentric rings1)
With BA 9s lampholder,
without lamp
–
Acoustic signaling devices, 24 AC/DC
IP652)
115 AC/DC
Continuous tone 2.4 kHz,
230 AC/DC
min. operational current
4 mA, min. sound pressure
80 dB/10 cm
X1
(L+)
Weight
per PU
approx.
3SB32 44-6AA20
3SB32 44-6AA30
3SB32 44-6AA40
3SB32 44-6AA50
3SB32 44-6AA60
3SB32 44-6AA70
24 AC/DC
Indicator light with lens
with concentric rings
PS*
Order No.
V
Indicator lights,
with smooth lens1)
With integrated LED
Indicator light with
smooth lens
DT Spring-loaded
terminals
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Clear
}
}
}
}
}
}
kg
X2
(L-)
NSD00003
Acoustic signaling device
Version
Color of
handle
DT Without connection
PS*
Actuators for potentiometer
IP652)3)
With shaft Ø 6 mm,
30 ... 32 mm long
--
--
3SB10 00-7CH07
1 unit
0.030
Pushbuttons with
extended stroke
(12 mm), IP652)
For actuating relays
Black
--
3SB30 00-0EA11
1 unit
0.020
Order No.
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Actuator for potentiometer
Pushbutton with
12 mm stroke
1)
2)
3)
Inscription by inserting a label is not possible.
Mounting in 3SB38 enclosure is not possible.
The potentiometer is not included in the scope of supply.
9/9
Siemens ICP · 2011
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 10 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Actuators and Indicators, Plastic, Round
Coordinate switches, complete
1
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Operating travel
DT Screw terminals
Contact closed
Contact open
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No.
For Order No. supplement
see below
kg
3
Coordinate switches, complete
2 switch positions, 1 NO per direction
Horizontal, momentary contact type1)
A 0 B
NSD01079
NSD01077
43-44
33-34
A
B
0
Without mechanical locking
in the O position
With mechanical locking
in the O position
4
3SB12 01-7DV 
1 unit
0.110
3SB12 01-7DW 
1 unit
0.110
3SB12 01-7FV 
1 unit
0.110
3SB12 01-7FW 
1 unit
0.110
Vertical, momentary contact type1)
NSD01080
D
0
C
Without mechanical locking
in the O position
NSD01078
13-14
23-24
D
C
0
With mechanical locking
in the O position
4 switch positions, 1 NO per direction
Momentary contact
type1)
D
A 0 B
C
NSD00076
43-44
33-34
A
B
13-14
23-24
D
C
0
Without mechanical locking
in the O position
NSD00077
With mechanical locking
in the O position
3SB12 08-7JV 
1 unit
0.133
3SB12 08-7JW 
1 unit
0.130
Actuator with plastic front ring, black
01
20
7
9
11
Spare contact blocks
.3/.4
.3/.4
0
NSD00104
.4 .4
6
10
Actuator with metal front ring
.3 .3
5
8
Order No. supplement for front rings
Contact blocks with 2 contacts
1 NO, 1 NO
2
NSD00109a
A
B
3SB14 00-0J
1 unit
0.020
12
13
Label holders
Label holders for coordinate switches
2 switch positions, horizontal
3SB19 06-0AU
1 unit
0.003
2 switch positions, vertical
3SB19 06-0AV
1 unit
0.003
4 switch positions
3SB19 06-0AW
1 unit
0.006
10 units
0.100
14
Inscription labels 27 mm × 27 mm
Label holder for 2 switch
positions, vertical
Without inscription
3SB19 06-2AA
With inscription
3SB19 06-2XZ
• Text lines (up to 5 lines each with
11 characters are possible, text engraved)
K0Y, K1Y, K2Y,
or K5Y
1 unit
0.001
• Graphic symbol with No. according to
collection
K3Y
1 unit
0.001
K9Y
1 unit
0.001
• Any inscription or symbol
Customized inscriptions
For explanations of the individual labeling of the plates see
page 9/21.
1)
For coordinate switches the Order No. must be modified in the 9th position:
Horizontal latching: 3SB12 01-7EV, -7EW
Vertical latching: 3SB12 01-7GV, -7GW
4 switch positions, latching: 3SB12 08-7KV, -7KW.
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/10
15
16
17
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 11 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Actuators and Indicators, Plastic, Round
Actuators and indicators
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Inscription
Color of
handle
DT Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Pushbuttons with holder1)
3SB30 00-0AA11
3SB30 00-0AA21
3SB30 00-0AA31
3SB30 00-0AA41
3SB30 00-0AA51
3SB30 00-0AA61
3SB30 00-0AA71
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
Green
Red
White
Black
Blue
3SB30 00-0AA81
3SB30 00-0AB01
3SB30 00-0AB11
3SB30 00-0AB21
3SB30 00-0AC81
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
Pushbuttons
with raised button
Black
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
3SB30 00-0BA11
3SB30 00-0BA21
3SB30 00-0BA31
3SB30 00-0BA41
3SB30 00-0BA51
3SB30 00-0BA61
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
Illuminated pushbuttons
with flat button
including holder for 3 elements
Red2)
Yellow2)
Green2)
Blue2)
White
Clear2)
3SB30 01-0AA21
3SB30 01-0AA31
3SB30 01-0AA41
3SB30 01-0AA51
3SB30 01-0AA61
3SB30 01-0AA71
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
Illuminated pushbuttons
with raised button
including holder for 3 elements
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Clear
3SB30 01-0BA21
3SB30 01-0BA31
3SB30 01-0BA41
3SB30 01-0BA51
3SB30 01-0BA71
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
Pushbuttons
with flat button,
latching, unlatches by pressing again
Black
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
3SB30 00-0DA11
3SB30 00-0DA21
3SB30 00-0DA31
3SB30 00-0DA41
3SB30 00-0DA51
3SB30 00-0DA61
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.026
0.025
0.025
Illuminated pushbuttons
with flat button,
latching, unlatches by pressing again,
including holder for 3 elements
Red2)
Yellow2)
Green2)
Blue2)
White
Clear2)
3SB30 01-0DA21
3SB30 01-0DA31
3SB30 01-0DA41
3SB30 01-0DA51
3SB30 01-0DA61
3SB30 01-0DA71
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
Mushroom pushbuttons, Ø 30 mm
Black
Red
Yellow
Green
3SB30 00-1DA11
3SB30 00-1DA21
3SB30 00-1DA31
3SB30 00-1DA41
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.035
0.035
0.035
0.035
Mushroom pushbuttons, Ø 40 mm
Black
Red
Yellow
Green
3SB30 00-1GA11
3SB30 00-1GA21
3SB30 00-1GA31
3SB30 00-1GA41
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.035
0.035
0.035
0.035
Mushroom pushbuttons, Ø 60 mm
Black
Red
Yellow
Green
3SB30 00-1QA11
3SB30 00-1QA21
3SB30 00-1QA31
3SB30 00-1QA41
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
Illuminated mushroom pushbuttons, Ø 30 mm
including holder for 3 elements
Yellow
Green
White
3SB30 01-1DA31
3SB30 01-1DA41
3SB30 01-1DA61
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.050
0.050
0.050
Illuminated mushroom pushbuttons, Ø 40 mm
including holder for 3 elements
Yellow
Green
White
3SB30 01-1GA31
3SB30 01-1GA41
3SB30 01-1GA61
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.035
0.035
0.035
Push-pull buttons, Ø 30 mm,
latching, pull to unlatch
Black
Red4)
3SB30 00-1EA11
3SB30 00-1EA21
1 unit
1 unit
0.030
0.030
Push-pull buttons, Ø 40 mm,
latching, pull to unlatch
Black
Red4)
3SB30 00-1CA11
3SB30 00-1CA21
1 unit
1 unit
0.035
0.035
Push-pull buttons, Ø 60 mm,
latching, pull to unlatch
Black
Red
3SB30 00-1RA11
3SB30 00-1RA21
1 unit
1 unit
0.050
0.050
Pushbuttons
with flat button
Black
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Clear2)
I
O
I
O
R
Pushbutton with
flat button
Pushbutton with
raised button
Illuminated pushbutton
with raised button
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
Mushroom pushbuttons with holder1)3)
Mushroom pushbutton,
Ø 40 mm
Illuminated mushroom
pushbutton, Ø 30 mm
1)
Also available without holder. Supplement Order No. with "-Z" and quote
order code "B01".
2)
Inscription is possible by inserting a label.
Maximum permissible equipment: 3 single-pole and 2 double-pole contact
blocks. When using the 3SB39 01-0AB holder, the central command
position must not be empty.
3)
9/11
Siemens ICP · 2011
4)
}
}
}
}
Also available as illuminatable 3SB30 01-1EA.1, -1CA.1 push-pull buttons
incl. holders for 3 elements, also in other colors.
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 12 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Actuators and Indicators, Plastic, Round
Actuators and indicators
1
Version
Version
lighting
Color of
handle
DT Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
2
kg
Selector switches with holder1)
Selector switches with 2 switch positions
Switching sequence O-I,
50° operating angle, latching
Non-illuminated
Illuminated
Switching sequence O-I,
50° operating angle,
momentary contact type
Non-illuminated
Black
Red
Green
White
Illuminated
including holder for
3 elements
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Clear
Non-illuminated
Black
Red
Green
White
Illuminated
including holder for
3 elements
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Clear
Selector switches with 3 switch positions
Switching sequence I-O-II
Non-illuminated
2 x 50° operating angle, latching
Switching sequence I-O-II
2 x 50° operating angle,
momentary contact type
Version
}
}
Black
Red
Green
White
}
Illuminated
including holder for
3 elements
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Clear
Non-illuminated
Black
Red
Green
White
Illuminated
including holder for
3 elements
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Clear
}
Version key-operated switch
Type
3SB30 00-2KA11
3SB30 00-2KA21
3SB30 00-2KA41
3SB30 00-2KA61
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030
3
3SB30 01-2KA21
3SB30 01-2KA31
3SB30 01-2KA41
3SB30 01-2KA51
3SB30 01-2KA71
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030
4
3SB30 00-2LA11
3SB30 00-2LA21
3SB30 00-2LA41
3SB30 00-2LA61
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030
5
3SB30 01-2LA21
3SB30 01-2LA31
3SB30 01-2LA41
3SB30 01-2LA51
3SB30 01-2LA71
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030
6
3SB30 00-2DA11
3SB30 00-2DA21
3SB30 00-2DA41
3SB30 00-2DA61
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030
7
3SB30 01-2DA21
3SB30 01-2DA31
3SB30 01-2DA41
3SB30 01-2DA51
3SB30 01-2DA71
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030
3SB30 00-2EA11
3SB30 00-2EA21
3SB30 00-2EA41
3SB30 00-2EA61
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030
3SB30 01-2EA21
3SB30 01-2EA31
3SB30 01-2EA41
3SB30 01-2EA51
3SB30 01-2EA71
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030
DT Order No.
Lock No./
color
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
Key removal
position
8
9
10
11
kg
Key-operated switches with holder1)
12
Key-operated switches with 2 keys and 2 switch positions
Switching sequence O-I, 50° operating angle
Latching
Latching
RONIS key-operated switch
Momentarycontact type
RONIS
SB 30
O+I
O
I
RONIS
SB 30
O+I
O
I
CES
SSG 10
O+I
O
I
102)
3SB30 00-4HD11
3SB30 00-4HD01
3SB30 00-4HD21
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.060
0.060
0.060
}
}
3SB30 00-4AD11
3SB30 00-4AD01
3SB30 00-4AD21
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.060
0.060
0.060
}
}
3SB30 00-4LD11
3SB30 00-4LD01
3SB30 00-4LD21
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.140
0.140
0.140
13
14
CES with key monitoring
SSG
3SB30 00-4LD05
1 unit
0.140
RONIS
SB 30
O
}
3SB30 00-4BD01
1 unit
0.060
CES
SSG 10
O
}
3SB30 00-4MD01
1 unit
0.140
15
16
O
Key-operated switches with 2 keys and 3 switch positions
Switching sequence I-O-II, 2 x 50° operating angle
Latching
CES key-operated switch
Momentary-contact type
RONIS
SB 30
I+O+II
O
3SB30 00-4DD11
3SB30 00-4DD01
1 unit
1 unit
0.060
0.060
CES
SSG 10
I+O+II
O
3SB30 00-4PD11
3SB30 00-4PD01
1 unit
1 unit
0.150
0.150
CES with key monitoring
SSG 102)
O
3SB30 00-4PD05
1 unit
0.140
RONIS
SB 30
O
3SB30 00-4ED01
1 unit
0.060
3SB30 00-4QD01
1 unit
CES
SSG 10
O
The middle contact block is actuated by key operation and can be fitted with only one pole. The holder for 3 elements is included in the scope of supply.
2) Also available without holder. Supplement Order No. with "-Z" and quote order code "B01".
1)
Siemens ICP · 2011
0.140
9/12
.
17
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 13 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Actuators and Indicators, Plastic, Round
Actuators and indicators
Version
Color of
handle
Approval
DT Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
EMERGENCY-STOP control devices according to ISO 13850 and IEC 60947-5-5,
with holder1)2)
Red
3SB30 00-1FA20
1 unit
0.050
3SB30 00-1HA20
1 unit
0.060
3SB30 00-1TA20
1 unit
0.060
3SB30 00-1AA20
1 unit
0.080
3SB30 00-1BA20
1 unit
0.090
3SB30 00-1KA20
1 unit
0.110
ÜFZ
T
B G-
PR
ER
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons, Ø 32 mm
With positive latching according to ISO 3850,
with rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
96 4041
Red
}
96 4041
with mechanicalswitch position Indicator
B G-
PR
ÜFZ
T
96 4041
Red
PR
ÜFZ
ER
T
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons, Ø 60 mm
With positive latching according to ISO 3850,
with rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
B G-
Mushroom diameter 40 mm,
with rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
3SB30 00-1HA26
Red
ER
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons, Ø 40 mm
With positive latching according to ISO 3850,
with pull-to-unlatch mechanism
ÜFZ
T
B G-
PR
ER
Mushroom diameter 32 mm
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons, Ø 40 mm
With positive latching according to ISO 3850,
with rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
96 4041
Red
ÜFZ
T
B G-
PR
ER
Mushroom diameter 40 mm,
pull-to-unlatch mechanism
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons, Ø 40 mm,
with RONIS key-operated switch,
lock No. SB 30,
with positive latching acc. to ISO 13850,
unlocking only possible using key
96 4042
ÜFZ
T
B G-
PR
ER
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
Red
pushbuttons, Ø 40 mm,
with CES key-operated switch,
lock No. SSG 10,
with positive latching according to ISO 13850,
unlocking only possible using key
96 4042
Mushroom diameter 40 mm,
with CES key-operated switch
Version
Color of lens
DT Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Signaling elements with holder2)
Indicator lights
With smooth lens3)
1)
}
}
}
3SB30 01-6AA20
3SB30 01-6AA30
3SB30 01-6AA40
3SB30 01-6AA50
3SB30 01-6AA60
3SB30 01-6AA70
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
Indicator lights
With lens with concentric rings3)
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Clear
3SB30 01-6BA20
3SB30 01-6BA30
3SB30 01-6BA40
3SB30 01-6BA50
3SB30 01-6BA60
3SB30 01-6BA70
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
Acoustic signaling devices, IP404)
For acoustic signal transformer 24 V DC5)
Black
3SB30 00-7AA10
1 unit
0.025
2)
The yellow backing plates must be ordered separately, see Accessories.
Also available without holder. Supplement Order No. with "-Z" and quote
order code "B01".
3)
Inscription by inserting a label is not possible.
4)
For acoustic signaling devices, degree of protection IP65, see page 9/9.
9/13
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Clear
Siemens ICP · 2011
5)
To order 3SB1902-2BN acoustic signal transformers separately,
see page 9/14.
The 3SB34 00-1A lampholder is also required; only version with screw
terminals can be used. With front mounting, use in the enclosure is also
possible.
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 14 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Actuators and Indicators, Plastic, Round
Actuators and indicators
Version
Inscription
Color of
handle
DT Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
1
2
Twin pushbuttons with holder1)
Twin pushbuttons,
with flat buttons
I/O2)
I/O2)
Green/Red
White/Black
3SB31 00-8AC21
3SB31 00-8AC31
1 unit
1 unit
0.035
0.035
Twin pushbuttons,
with flat and raised button
I/O2)
I/O2)
Green/Red
White/Black
3SB31 00-8CC21
3SB31 00-8CC31
1 unit
1 unit
0.035
0.035
3
4
5
Twin pushbutton
with flat buttons
Twin pushbuttons with indicator light,
with flat buttons,
including holder for 3 elements
I/O2)
I/O2)
Green/Red
White/Black
3SB31 01-8BC21
3SB31 01-8BC31
1 unit
1 unit
0.035
0.035
Twin pushbuttons with indicator light,
with flat and raised button,
including holder for 3 elements
I/O2)
I/O2)
Green/Red
White/Black
3SB31 01-8DC21
3SB31 01-8DC31
1 unit
1 unit
0.035
0.035
6
7
8
Twin pushbutton
with indicator light,
with flat and
raised buttons
1)
Also available without holder. Supplement Order No. with "-Z" and quote
order code "B01".
2)
Black inscription for green, red and white buttons; white inscription on black
button.
■ Accessories
Version
Application
DT Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Twin pushbuttons
3SB39 22-0AY
10 units
10
11
Accessories for twin pushbuttons
Label holders 70 x 30 mm
For inscription label
12.5 x 27 mm2)
9
0.200
12
13
Label holder
Protective caps, clear
Silicone, for degree of protection IP67
Twin pushbuttons with flat buttons
3SB39 21-0AQ
1 unit
0.005
14
15
Protective cap
16
Accessories for acoustic signal devices
Acoustic signal transformers,
BA 9s base
For acoustic signaling devices2)
Operational current 25 mA, 0.6 W,
sound pressure 80 dB/10 cm
1)
Black inscription for green, red and white buttons;
white inscription on black button.
2)
For inscription labels see page 9/20.
Acoustic signaling devices, IP40
3SB19 02-2BN
1 unit
0.004
17
3)
For increased protection, the IP65 acoustic signaling device (complete unit)
can be used.
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/14
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 15 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Components for Actuators and Indicators
Contact blocks and lampholders
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Symbols
Operating travel
DT Screw terminals
Contact closed
Contact open
DT Spring-loaded
terminals
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No.
Order No.
3SB34 00-0B
3SB34 03-0B
1 unit
0.011
3SB34 00-0BA
3SB34 03-0BA
1 unit
0.011
3SB34 00-0C
3SB34 03-0C
1 unit
0.011
3SB34 00-0CA
3SB34 03-0CA
1 unit
0.011
3SB34 00-0M
3SB34 03-0M
1 unit
0.018
3SB34 00-0A
3SB34 03-0A
1 unit
0.018
3SB34 00-0AA
3SB34 03-0AA
1 unit
0.018
3SB34 00-0H
3SB34 03-0H
1 unit
0.018
3SB34 00-0HA
3SB34 03-0HA
1 unit
0.018
3SB34 00-0D
3SB34 03-0D
1 unit
0.018
3SB34 00-0DA
3SB34 03-0DA
1 unit
0.018
3SB34 00-0E
3SB34 03-0E
1 unit
0.018
3SB34 00-0EA
3SB34 03-0EA
1 unit
0.018
3SB34 00-1PA
3SB34 00-1PB
3SB34 00-1PC
3SB34 00-1PD
3SB34 00-1PE
3SB34 03-1PA
3SB34 03-1PB
3SB34 03-1PC
3SB34 03-1PD
3SB34 03-1PE
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.011
0.011
0.011
0.011
0.011
3SB34 00-1QA
3SB34 00-1QB
3SB34 00-1QC
3SB34 00-1QD
3SB34 00-1QE
3SB34 03-1QA
3SB34 03-1QB
3SB34 03-1QC
3SB34 03-1QD
3SB34 03-1QE
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
3SB34 00-1RA
3SB34 00-1RB
3SB34 00-1RC
3SB34 00-1RD
3SB34 00-1RE
3SB34 03-1RA
3SB34 03-1RB
3SB34 03-1RC
3SB34 03-1RD
3SB34 03-1RE
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
kg
Contact blocks for front plate mounting
1 NO
3
1 NO
with gold-plated
contacts
1 NC
1
1 NC with goldplated contacts
2
}
NSD00015
3-4
0 1
mm
2
3
4
2,3
}
NSD00017
NSD00007
4
NSD00006
Contact blocks with one contact
Mounting depth 50 mm
1-2
0 1
mm
2
3
4
1,6
• With mounting monitoring contact1),
mounting depth 63 mm
NSD00017
1-2
0 1
mm
2
3
4
1,6
1 NC
Contact blocks with 2 contacts
Mounting depth 63 mm (including unit labeling plate)
NSD00033
7-8
5-6
42
1 NO leading +
1 NC delayed
75
1 NO leading +
1 NC delayed
with gold-plated
contacts
86
2 NO
3 3
2 NO
with gold-plated
contacts
4 4
}
NSD00038
3-4
1-2
NSD00034
31
1 NO + 1 NC with
gold-plated contacts
0 1 2 3
mm
1,6 2,3
4
NSD00037b
0 1 2 3
mm
1,3 2,2
4
NSD00039
NSD00035
1 NO + 1 NC
3-4
3-4
0 1
mm
2
3
4
2,3
1 1
2 NC
with gold-plated
contacts
2 2
NSD00040
NSD00036
2 NC
1-2
1-2
0 1
mm
2
3
4
1,6
Lampholders with integrated LED
24 V AC/DC
X 2
Yellow
Red
Green
Blue
White
X 1
N S D 0 _ 0 1 2 9 2 a
110 V AC
X 1
X 2
}
}
}
Yellow
Red
Green
Blue
White
N S D 0 _ 0 1 2 9 6 a
230 V AC
X 1
X 2
Yellow
Red
Green
Blue
White
}
}
}
N S D 0 _ 0 1 2 9 6 a
Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
The NC contact opens automatically upon disconnection of the actuator.
On delivery, the contact is open (= safe state). Activation (= NC contacts on the
9/15
Siemens ICP · 2011
non-actuated control device are closed) takes place upon first-time actuation after the contact block is snapped onto the actuator.
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 16 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Components for Actuators and Indicators
Contact blocks and lampholders
Version
Rated voltage
of lamp
Symbols
D Screw terminals
T
V
DT Spring-loaded
terminals
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
1
2
Order No.
Order No.
3SB34 00-1A
3SB34 03-1A
1 unit
0.010
3SB34 00-1D
--
1 unit
0.012
3SB34 00-1B
--
1 unit
0.013
3SB34 00-1C
3SB34 03-1C
1 unit
0.013
5
3SB34 00-1F
--
1 unit
0.019
6
3SB34 00-1G
--
1 unit
0.016
kg
Contact blocks for front plate mounting
BA 9s lampholders, Mounting depth 50 mm
Without lamp
According to
lamp
With 24 V incandescent
lamp (3SX1 344)
24 V AC/DC
X1
(L+)
X2
(L-)
NSD00003
}
BA 9s lampholders, mounting depth 50 mm
With built-in resistor for
longer endurance and
with 130 V lamp
(3SX1 731)1)
110/130 V
AC/DC
With integrated voltage
reducer and with 130 V
lamp (3SX1 731)1)
230/240 V AC
X1
(L+)
X2
(L-)
3
4
NSD00041
X2
X1
NSD00042
BA 9s lampholders, with separate lamp test function2)3)
1)
With integrated voltage
reducer and with 130 V
lamp (3SX1 731)1)
230/240 V AC
Without lamp
For incandescent lamp,
max. 2.6 W;
for LED lamp,
24/48/230 V AC/DC4)
According to
lamp
Without lamp
For incandescent lamp,
max. 2.6 W;
for LED lamp,
AC or DC5)
According to
lamp
Without lamp
For incandescent lamp,
max. 2.6 W;
for glow lamp, AC
According to
lamp
Transformers
For snapping onto
3SB34 00-1A lampholder
For incandescent lamp,
2 W, AC
127 / 24 V
240 / 24 V
260 / 24 V
400 / 24 V
Blocks with 2 diodes
Type 1N 4007
U RMS =
max. 250 V
IFAV = 0.8 A
at Tu = 60 °C
X5
X1
X2
NSD00043
U C -L E D
X 5
X 1
(L + )
7
X 2
(L -)
N S D 0 _ 0 0 0 4 4 a
X5
X2
X1
(L-)
(L+)
3SB34 00-1L
--
1 unit
0.017
3SB34 00-1H
--
1 unit
0.016
3SB34 00-3A
3SB34 00-3C
3SB34 00-3E
3SB34 00-3F
-----
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.109
0.108
0.110
0.108
3SB34 00-3M
3SB34 00-3P
3SB34 00-3S
3SB34 00-3U
3SB34 00-3W
------
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.108
0.107
0.107
0.132
0.128
11
3SB34 00-2A
--
1 unit
0.018
12
8
NSD00045
X 5
X 1
(L + )
X1
N S D 0 _ 0 0 0 4 6 a
X2
NSD00047
127 / 6 V
240 / 6 V
400 / 6 V
480 / 6 V
600 / 6 V
(L+)
X5
X7
2)
Use these lamps only.
The lampholder with separate lamp test function can not be installed in an
enclosure.
3)
For examples of circuits, see Technical Information LV 1 T.
4)
Not suitable for LED which is suitable only for AC or DC.
9
X 2
(L -)
(L-)
X6
X8
10
NSD00113
13
14
Not suitable for LED for 24/48/230 V AC/DC. For connecting to DC, X5 must be
connected to L–.
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/16
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 17 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Components for Actuators and Indicators
Contact blocks and lampholders
Version
Symbols
Operating travel
DT Order No.
PS*
Contact closed
Contact open
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Holders for 3 contact blocks, for front panel mounting
Holders for pushbuttons
and switches1)
For snapping on 3 blocks (for illuminated
pushbuttons and illuminated selector
switches the holder is included in the scope
of supply)
}
3SB39 01-0AB
20 units
0.100
Holders for selector switches,
key-operated switches and twin
pushbuttons
With pressure plate for actuating a central
contact block
}
3SB39 01-0AC
10 units
0.200
3SB34 11-0B
1 unit
0.003
3SB34 11-0C
1 unit
0.003
3SB34 11-1A
1 unit
0.002
3SB39 01-0AW
10 units
0.100
3SB39 01-0AA
10 units
0.200
Contact blocks for use on printed circuit boards
Contact blocks with one contact
Mounting depth 44 mm
2
1 NC
1-2
0 1
mm
2
3
4
1,6
3
4
Lampholders
Wedge base W2 x 4.6 d
Without lamp
Mounting depth 44 mm
NSD00017
NSD00007
1
NSD00006
1 NO
NSD00015
3-4
0 1
mm
2
3
4
2,3
X1
(L+)
X2
(L-)
NSD00003
Pressure plates for use on printed circuit boards
Pressure plates for selector switches and
key-operated switches
For actuating the central contact block
of 3 contact blocks
Accessories for printed circuit boards
Printed circuit board holders
For mounting the command devices on the
printed circuit board (screw supplied)
Version
Rated voltage
Color
DT Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
V
Lamps, BA 9s bases3)
Incandescent lamps 2 W
Length up to 28 mm,
max. bulb diameter 10 mm
6 AC/DC
12 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
Clear
Incandescent lamps 2.6 W
Length up to 28 mm,
max. bulb diameter 10 mm
110 ... 130
AC/DC4)
Clear
LED lamps, super-bright
Length up to 28 mm,
max. bulb diameter 10 mm,
max. operational current 15 mA
24 AC/DC
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
230 AC,
110 ... 160 DC,
if X1 at "+"
1)
9/17
Siemens ICP · 2011
10 units
10 units
10 units
0.003
0.003
0.003
}
3SX1 731
10 units
0.003
}
3SB39 01-1CA
3SB39 01-1BA
3SB39 01-1DA
3SB39 01-1PA
3SB39 01-1QA
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
0.002
0.002
0.002
0.002
0.002
3SB39 01-1CF
3SB39 01-1BF
3SB39 01-1DF
3SB39 01-1PF
3SB39 01-1QF
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
0.003
0.003
0.003
0.003
0.003
3SB19 02-2AD
1 unit
0.006
}
}
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Lamp extractors
For lamps with BA 9s base
Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
Holder also for mushroom pushbutton and push-pull button.
3SX1 342
3SX1 343
3SX1 344
}
2)
3)
Also for 230 V when used with a 3SB34 00-1C voltage reducer.
Essential accessories when using lampholders with BA 9s base and delivery
without lamp.
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 18 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Components for Actuators and Indicators
Contact blocks and lampholders
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/18
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 19 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Components for Actuators and Indicators
Insert labels
■ Overview
Pushbuttons (clear) and illuminated pushbuttons with a flat button
can be fitted with insert labels for identification purposes, but
indicator lights cannot.
These insert labels are made of clear, transparent plastic with
black inscription; they can be fitted in any 90° angle.
Inscriptions
The inscriptions have upper case initial letters. Graphic symbols,
including those not listed in the catalog, are according to the
collection of "Corporate Design Symbols".
The insert labels without inscription are suitable for user marking
with permanent pen.
■ Selection and ordering data
Inscriptions
Serial No. according to
collection
DT Round range, plastic
and metal version
PS*
Order No.
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Insert labels for self-inscription
Blank
3SB19 01-4AS
10 units
0.100
On
3SB19 01-4EB
10 units
0.100
Off
3SB19 01-4EC
10 units
0.100
Up
3SB19 01-4ED
10 units
0.100
Down
3SB19 01-4EE
10 units
0.100
Forward
3SB19 01-4EF
10 units
0.100
Reverse
3SB19 01-4EG
10 units
0,100
Right
3SB19 01-4EH
10 units
0.100
Left
3SB19 01-4EJ
10 units
0.100
Open
3SB19 01-4EP
10 units
0.100
Close
3SB19 01-4EQ
10 units
0.100
Fast
3SB19 01-4ER
10 units
0.100
Slow
3SB19 01-4ES
10 units
0.100
Running
3SB19 01-4EV
10 units
0.100
Fault
3SB19 01-4EW
10 units
0.100
Reset
3SB19 01-4EM
10 units
0.100
Start
3SB19 01-4EK
10 units
0.100
Stop
3SB19 01-4EL
10 units
0.100
Insert labels with inscription
Insert labels with graphic symbol
O (Off)
15
3SB19 01-4MB
10 units
0.100
I (On)
16
3SB19 01-4MC
10 units
0.100
II (On)
–
3SB19 01-4MD
10 units
0.100
42
3SB19 01-4PA
10 units
0.100
Motion in direction of arrow
28
3SB19 01-4NA
10 units
0.100
Increase, plus
40
3SB19 01-4NG
10 units
0.100
Decrease, minus
41
3SB19 01-4MC
10 units
0.100
3SB19 01-4AZ
10 units
0.001
Insert labels with equipment symbols
Electric motor
Insert labels with motion symbols
Insert labels with customized inscription
Any inscription or symbol can be selected
(see Options, page 9/21)
9/19
Siemens ICP · 2011
K0Y, K1Y, K2Y, K3Y, K5Y
or K9Y
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 20 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Components for Actuators and Indicators
Name plates
1
■ Overview
The name plates consist of a black plastic label holder and an inscription label (black with white print or silver-colored with black
print) for sticking or snapping in place. They are not
suitable for EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons.
Inscriptions
The inscriptions have upper case initial letters. Symbols, including
those not listed in the catalog, are according to the collection of
"Corporate Design Symbols".
■ Selection and ordering data
Inscriptions
2
3
DT Inscription labels,
self-adhesive, black
12.5 × 27 mm
DT Inscription labels,
self-adhesive, silver
12.5 × 27 mm
Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No.
kg
4
Labels for self-inscription
Blank
Labeling plates with inscription
}
3SB39 02-1AA
B
3SB19 01-2AA
10 units
0.100
5
On
Off
Up
Down
3SB39 02-1EB
3SB39 02-1EC
3SB39 02-1ED
3SB39 02-1EE
3SB19 01-2EB
3SB19 01-2EC
3SB19 01-2ED
3SB19 01-2EE
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
6
Forward
Reverse
Right
Left
3SB39 02-1EF
3SB39 02-1EG
3SB39 02-1EH
3SB39 02-1EJ
3SB19 01-2EF
3SB19 01-2EG
3SB19 01-2EH
3SB19 01-2EJ
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
7
Open
Close
Fault
Test
3SB39 02-1EP
3SB39 02-1EQ
3SB39 02-1EW
3SB39 02-1EN
3SB19 01-2EP
3SB19 01-2EQ
3SB19 01-2EW
3SB19 01-2EN
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
Start
Stop Start
Stop
Hand Auto
Man Auto
3SB39 02-1EL
3SB39 02-1BC
3SB39 02-1EK
3SB39 02-1BA
3SB39 02-1EU
3SB19 01-2EL
3SB19 01-2BC
3SB19 01-2EK
3SB19 01-2BA
3SB19 01-2EU
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
O
I
II
III
3SB39 02-1MB
3SB39 02-1MC
---
3SB19 01-2MB
3SB19 01-2MC
3SB19 01-2MD
3SB19 01-2ME
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
O I
I O II
1 2
3SB39 02-1MF
3SB39 02-1MG
3SB39 02-1ML
3SB19 01-2MF
3SB19 01-2MG
--
10 units
10 units
10 units
0.100
0.100
0.100
↑
→
3SB39 02-1NJ
3SB39 02-1NA
3SB19 01-2NJ
3SB19 01-2NA
10 units
10 units
0.100
0.100
Any inscription or symbol can be selected
3SB39 02-1XZ
3SB19 01-2XZ
1 unit
0.001
(see Options on page 9/21)
K0Y, K1Y, K2Y, K3Y, K5Y
or K9Y
K0Y, K1Y, K2Y, K3Y, K5Y
or K9Y
For round range, flat
3SB39 22-0AV
3SB39 22-0AV
10 units
0.200
For potentiometer operating mechanism
3SB10 00-7CH07 1)
3SB39 22-0AS
3SB39 22-0AS
1 unit
0.003
Labels with graphic symbol
8
9
10
11
Labels with customized inscription
12
Label holders
13
14
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/20
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 21 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Components for Actuators and Indicators
Name plates
■ Options
Inscriptions
DT Inscription labels,
self-adhesive, black
27 × 27 mm
DT Inscription labels,
self-adhesive, silver
27 × 27 mm
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No.
Order No.
3SB39 03-1AA
3SB19 06-2AA
10 units
0.100
On
Off
Start
3SB39 03-1EB
3SB39 03-1EC
3SB39 03-1EL
----
10 units
10 units
10 units
0.100
0.100
0.100
Stop Start
Hand Auto
3SB39 03-1BC
3SB39 03-1BA
---
10 units
10 units
0.100
0.100
3SB39 03-1MF
3SB39 03-1NA
---
10 units
10 units
0.100
0.100
Any inscription or symbol can be selected
(see Options)
3SB39 03-1XZ
3SB19 06-2XZ
1 unit
0.001
K0Y, K1Y, K2Y, K3Y, K5Y
or K9Y
K0Y, K1Y, K2Y, K3Y, K5Y
or K9Y
1 unit
0.001
For round range, flat
3SB39 23-0AV
3SB39 23-0AV
1 unit
0.200
For round range, raised
3SB39 23-0AX
3SB39 23-0AX
10 units
0.005
kg
Labels for self-inscription
Blank
Labeling plates with inscription
Labels with graphic symbol
OI
→
Labels with customized inscription
Label holders
Inscriptions
DT Inscription labels,
for snapping on, black
17.5 × 28 mm
DT Inscription labels,
for snapping on, silver
17.5 × 28 mm
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No.
Order No.
3SB39 05-1AA
3SB19 04-2AA
100 10 units
0.100
3SB39 05-1EL
3SB39 05-1EK
3SB39 05-1BC
3SB39 05-1BA
3SB19 04-2EL
3SB19 04-2EK
3SB19 04-2BC
3SB19 04-2BA
100
100
100
100
10 units
10 units
10 units
10 units
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
3SB39 05-1MF
3SB39 05-1NJ
3SB39 05-1NA
3SB19 04-2MF
3SB19 04-2NJ
3SB19 04-2NA
100 10 units
100 10 units
100 10 units
0.100
0.100
0.100
3SB39 05-1XZ
3SB19 04-2XZ
K0Y, K1Y, K2Y, K3Y, K5Y
or K9Y
K0Y, K1Y, K2Y, K3Y, K5Y
or K9Y
kg
Labels for self-inscription
Blank
Labeling plates with inscription
Start
Stop
Stop Start
Hand Auto
Labels with graphic symbol
OI
↑
→
Labels with customized inscription
Any inscription or symbol can be selected
(see Options)
Customized inscriptions
Examples for customized inscription
The labels can be inscribed with text and symbols not listed in the
ordering data.
The following letter heights are used as standard for text
inscriptions:
• Label size 12.5 ¥ 27 mm: up to 3 lines with letter height 4 mm
(1-line), 3.5 mm (2-line) or 2.5 mm (3-line)
• Label size 27 ¥ 27 mm: up to 5 lines with letter height 4 mm
(1- to 5-line)
• Label size 17.5 ¥ 28 mm: up to 3 lines with letter height 4 mm
(1- to 2-line) or 3 mm (3-line)
Two-line inscription in upper/lower case lettering
Single-line inscription in upper case lettering
Up to 11 characters per line are possible. The typeface used is
Arial. Other letter heights and typefaces are possible, but must be
specified when ordering.
Three-line inscription in lower case letters
9/21
Siemens ICP · 2011
1
1 unit
0.001
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 22 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Components for Actuators and Indicators
Name plates
1
Ordering notes
Symbol number 19 according to collection of graphic symbols
Any symbol according to order form supplement
Append the following order codes to the order number:
• Text line(s) in upper/lower case, upper case always for
beginning of line (e.g. "Lift off"): K0Y
• Text line(s) in upper case (e.g. "LIFT OFF"): K1Y
• Text line(s) in lower case (e.g. "lift off"): K2Y
• Text line(s) in upper/lower case, all words begin with upper
case letters (e.g. "Lift Off"): K5Y
• Symbol with number according to collection of graphic
symbols: K3Y
• Any inscription or symbol according to order form
supplement: K9Y
2
3
4
When ordering, specify the required inscription in plain text in addition to the order number and order code. In the case of
special inscriptions with words in languages other than German,
give the exact spelling and specify the language.
5
In the case of multi-line inscriptions, the text must be assigned to
the respective line, e.g. "Z1 = Lift, Z2 =Lower".
For long words you can also specify the end-of-line division
(see ordering example 1).
6
Symbols with number can be found in "Corporate Design
Symbols – Collection of International and National Graphic
Symbols for Use on Equipment", which is based on the withdrawn
DIN Report 4 (see ordering example 2).
7
The collection can be downloaded as a PDF file from:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
Symbols can also be ordered with numbers according to ISO 7000
(see ordering example 3).
For special symbols (order code K9Y), a CAD drawing in DXF format can be submitted.
8
9
Ordering example 1
A label with 2 lines of text is required:
10
3SB39 02–1XZ
K1Y
Z1 = LIFT
Z2 = LOWER
11
Ordering example 2
A label inscribed with symbol No. 19 according to the collection
of graphic symbols is required:
3SB39 02–1XZ
K3Y
Z = 19
Ordering example 3
A label inscribed with symbol No. 1118 according to ISO 7000 is
required:
3SB39 02–1XZ
K3Y
Z = 1118 ISO 7000
12
13
14
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/22
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 23 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Accessories and Spare Parts
Protective covers
Miscellaneous accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Use
(round version)
Color/
inscription
DT Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Protective caps, elastolan, degree of protection IP67
Protective caps, clear
For round version1)
Flat button (plastic)
Clear
3SB39 21-0AJ
1 unit
0.001
Raised button (plastic),
flat button (metal)
Clear
3SB39 21-0AM
1 unit
0.002
• PVC
Raised button (metal)
Clear
3SB19 02-2AN
1 unit
0.004
Flat button (plastic)
Clear
3SB39 21-0AH
1 unit
0.002
Raised button (plastic),
flat button (metal)
Clear
3SB19 02-0AK
1 unit
0.002
Raised button (metal)
Protective caps, silicone, degree of protection IP67
Protective caps, clear
For round version1)
Protective caps, clear
For round version1)
Clear
3SB19 02-0AN
1 unit
0.003
Selector switches (plastic and Clear
metal, normal handle)
3SB39 21-0BA
1 unit
0.003
Mushroom push-pull
switches, Ø 40 mm
Clear
3SB19 02-2BH
1 unit
0.006
EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbuttons,
Ø 40 mm
Clear
3SB39 21-0BU
1 unit
0.013
Other protective caps1)
Sealable caps
For round version
Flat button (plastic)
Black
3SB19 02-0AL
1 unit
0.003
Flat button (metal),
raised button (plastic)
Clear2)
3SB19 02-2AR
1 unit
0.011
Dust covers
For use in dusty environments
CES key-operated switches
Transparent
3SB39 21-0BT
1 unit
0.003
3SB39 21-0AK
1 unit
0.044
3SB39 21-0AX
1 unit
0.053
3SB39 21-0CG
1 unit
0.044
Protective collars for front plates
Protective collars for
EMERGENCY-STOP3)
For round version
EMERGENCY-STOP
Yellow
mushroom pushbuttons
without key-operated switch
}
EMERGENCY-STOP
Yellow
mushroom pushbuttons with
key-operated switch
Protective collars for
EMERGENCY-STOP for
5 padlocks3)
For round version
3SB3. ..-1AA20
EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbuttons
Yellow
}
Sun collars
For round version
Illuminated pushbuttons
Black
3SB39 21-0AS
1 unit
0.003
Blank
3SB39 21-0AB
1 unit
0.002
4 languages:
G, En, Fr, Sp
3SB39 21-0BW
1 unit
0.001
NOT-HALT
3SB39 41-0AK
1 unit
0.001
EMERGENCY STOP
3SB39 21-0AD
1 unit
0.001
ARRET D’URGENCE
3SB39 21-0AG
1 unit
0.002
EMERGENZA
3SB39 21-0AN
1 unit
0.002
Blank
3SB39 21-0DA
1 unit
0.020
NOT-HALT
3SB39 21-0DK
1 unit
0.020
EMERGENCY STOP
3SB39 21-0DD
1 unit
0.020
Yellow name plates, as backing plate for EMERGENCY-STOP
Name plates, round
Self-adhesive,
• External diameter 80 mm,
hole 23 mm
EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbuttons
(round version)
Applies for external diameter
60 mm,
hole 23 mm5), illuminated,
suitable as signaling device for
EMERGENCY-STOP, with plug-in
connection for 24 V AC/DC4)
1)
Not suitable for mounting on front plates.
Not to be used with label holder.
4)
2)
Only for mounting on front plates.
3)
For front thickness of max. 4 mm.
The protective collar must only be used to protect against inadvertent
actuating and must be fitted to allow unimpeded access to the
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbutton.
9/23
Siemens ICP · 2011
The illuminated label can also be operated through the AS-Interface
F adapter (see page 9/21).
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 24 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Enclosures
Enclosures with standard fittings
Empty enclosures
1
■ Overview
Enclosures with standard fittings are available with:
7 1 to 3 command positions
7 Operational voltage up to 400 V
7 Vertical mounting type
7 Plastic enclosures are equipped with plastic actuators and
indicators, metal enclosures are equipped with metal
actuators and indicators
7 Contact blocks and lampholders for floor mounting
(are snapped into the enclosure base).
The actuators/indicators are fixed with an enclosure nut. If
required it can be disassembled with a 27 mm socket wrench or
with a 3SX17 07 ring nut wrench.
2
Color of enclosure cover:
7 Gray, RAL 7035, or
7 Yellow, RAL 1004
3
Color of enclosure base:
7 Black, RAL 9005
4
■ Selection and ordering data
Equipment
Contact
block
function
Number of DT Plastic enclosures
command
positions
Order No.
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
DT Metal enclosures
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No.
kg
Enclosures with standard fittings
Cable entry top and bottom each 1 x M20
A = Pushbutton green,
label "I"
1 NO
1
3SB38 01-0DA3
0.210
3SB38 01-2DA3
1 unit
0.532
A = Pushbutton red,
label "O"
1 NC
1
3SB38 01-0DB3
0.209
3SB38 01-2DB3
1 unit
0.535
• With yellow top part,
without protective collar
1 NC
1
3SB38 01-0DG3
0.242
3SB38 01-2DG3
1 unit
0.591
2 NC
1
3SB38 01-0EG3
0.250
3SB38 01-2EG3
1 unit
0.590
• With yellow top part,
with protective collar1)
1 NC
1
3SB38 01-0DF3
0.262
3SB38 01-2DF3
1 unit
0.684
2 NC
1
3SB38 01-0EF3
0.270
3SB38 01-2EF3
1 unit
0.680
B = Pushbutton green,
label "I",
A = Pushbutton red,
label "O"
1 NO,
1 NC
2
3SB38 02-0DA3
0.261
3SB38 02-2DA3
1 unit
0.675
B = Pushbutton white,
label "I",
A = Pushbutton black,
label "O"
1 NO,
1 NC
2
A = EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons,
Ø 40 mm,
with positive latching according to ISO 13850 and rotateto-unlatch mechanism
6
7
8
Version
3SB38 02-0DB3
0.260
3SB38 02-2DB3
1 unit
0.667
11
Number of DT Plastic enclosures
command
positions
Order No.
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
DT Metal enclosures
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No.
1
2
3
4
6
12
kg
13
Cable entry top and bottom
each 1 x M20 for 1 to 3 command positions,
each 1 x M25 for 4 and 6 command positions
For contact blocks, lampholders and
accessories with snap-on floor mounting,
also single-pole front plate blocks can be
used (switching state is maintained upon
opening)
• With gray top section
9
10
Empty enclosures
3SB38 01-0AA3
3SB38 02-0AA3
3SB38 03-0AA3
3SB38 04-0AA3
3SB38 06-0AA3
0.185
0.214
0.258
0.301
0.427
3SB38 01-2AA3
3SB38 02-2AA3
3SB38 03-2AA3
3SB38 04-2AA3
3SB38 06-2AA3
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.445
0.524
0.634
0.735
0.985
14
15
For EMERGENCY-STOP, for contact blocks,
lampholders and accessories with snap-on
floor mounting, also
single-pole front plate blocks can be used
(switching state is maintained upon opening)
1)
5
• With yellow top part,
without protective collar
1
3SB38 01-0AB3
0.185
3SB38 01-2AB3
1 unit
0.447
• With yellow top part,
with protective collar1)
1
3SB38 01-0AD3
0.213
3SB38 01-2AD3
1 unit
0.551
16
17
Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
The protective collar must only be used to protect against inadvertent actuating and must be fitted to allow unimpeded access to the
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbutton.
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/24
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 25 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Enclosures
Customized enclosures
■ Overview
Customized enclosures are available with:
7 1 to 6 command positions
7 Operational voltage through AS-Interface (approx. 30 V).
One command position comprises:
7 1 actuator or indicator
7 Up to 3 contact blocks or up to 2 contact blocks + 1 lampholder
7 1 inscription label
For plastic enclosures the command positions are equipped as
standard with plastic actuators and indicators, for metal enclosures they are equipped with metal actuators and indicators.
For routing the cable in, one hole for M20 (for 1 to 3 command
positions) or for M25 (for 4 or 6 command positions) is provided
at the top and bottom.
Ordering notes
To order customized enclosures with the 3SB3 control devices,
use the 3SB configurator to select the blocks for equipping. An
electronic order form will be generated for the additional options.
The configurator is available in the electronic catalog CA 01 on
CD-ROM or DVD or in the online catalog (Mall) on the Internet:
https://mall.automation.siemens.com
The list price of the complete enclosure is generated in the
configurator for the customized equipment.
Please send the resulting electronic order form along with your
order by e-mail to our Competence Center at
sirius-attach.aud@siemens.com
If you are unable to access either catalog, please contact our Technical Support.
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Number of DT Order No.
command
positions
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Plastic enclosures
With contact blocks and lampholders for floor mounting
1
2
3
4
6
3SB38 01-0AZ
3SB38 02-0AZ
3SB38 03-0AZ
3SB38 04-0AZ
3SB38 06-0AZ
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
With contact blocks and lampholders for floor mounting
1
2
3
4
6
3SB38 01-2AZ
3SB38 02-2AZ
3SB38 03-2AZ
3SB38 04-2AZ
3SB38 06-2AZ
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
Suspended pushbuttons
With holding plate and handle,
customized equipment
max. 6
3SB38 87-1AZ
1 unit
3SB38 03-.AZ
Metal enclosures
3SB38 03-.AZ
1)
The prices depend on the equipment selected.
9/25
Siemens ICP · 2011
ICP_2010_09_03_060410Edit_ab.fm Page 26 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:31 AM
3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights, 22 mm
Enclosures
Contact blocks and lampholders
Accessories
1
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Rated voltage/
symbols
Operating
travel/color
DT Screw terminals
DT Spring-loaded
terminals
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
Contact closed
2
Contact open
Order No.
Order No.
kg
3SB34 20-0B
3SB34 23-0B
1 unit
0.012
3SB34 20-0BA
3SB34 23-0BA
1 unit
0.015
3SB34 20-0C
3SB34 23-0C
1 unit
0.012
3SB34 20-0CA
3SB34 23-0CA
1 unit
0.015
5
3SB34 20-1A
--
1 unit
0.012
6
3SB34 20-1C
--
1 unit
0.016
3SB34 20-1PA
3SB34 20-1PB
3SB34 20-1PC
3SB34 20-1PD
3SB34 20-1PE
3SB34 23-1PA
3SB34 23-1PB
3SB34 23-1PC
3SB34 23-1PD
3SB34 23-1PE
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.011
0.011
0.011
0.011
0.011
8
Yellow
Red
Green
Blue
White
3SB34 20-1QA
3SB34 20-1QB
3SB34 20-1QC
3SB34 20-1QD
3SB34 20-1QE
3SB34 23-1QA
3SB34 23-1QC
3SB34 23-1QB
3SB34 23-1QD
3SB34 23-1QE
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
9
Yellow
Red
Green
Blue
White
3SB34 20-1RA
3SB34 20-1RB
3SB34 20-1RC
3SB34 20-1RD
3SB34 20-1RE
3SB34 23-1RA
3SB34 23-1RD
3SB34 23-1RC
3SB34 23-1RB
3SB34 23-1RE
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
Black
Blue
Green/Yellow
3SB39 01-0AG
3SB39 01-0AH
3SB39 01-0AJ
3SB34 23-2F
3SB34 23-2G
3SB34 23-2H
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.012
0.012
0.012
3SB39 01-0AW
3SB39 01-0AW
10
units
0.100
3
Elements for floor mounting
1 NO
3
1 NO with
gold-plated
contacts
1 NC
1
1 NC with
gold-plated
contacts
2
NSD00015
3-4
0 1
mm
2
3
}
4
4
2,3
NSD00017
NSD00007
4
NSD00006
Contact blocks with one contact
}
1-2
0 1
mm
2
3
4
1,6
BA 9s lampholders
Without lamp
acc. to lamp
X1
(L+)
}
X2
(L-)
NSD00003
With integrated
voltage reducer and
with 130 V lamp
(3SX1 731)1)
230/240 V AC
Lampholders with
integrated LED
24 V AC/DC
Clear
X2
X1
NSD00042
X 2
Yellow
Red
Green
Blue
White
X 1
N S D 0 _ 0 1 2 9 2 a
110 V AC
X 1
X 2
}
}
}
N S D 0 _ 0 1 2 9 6 a
230 V AC
X 1
X 2
N S D 0 _ 0 1 2 9 6 a
Support terminals
7
10
11
12
Accessories for contact blocks
Pressure plates for
selector switches and
key-operated
switches
For actuating the
central contact
block of 3 contact
blocks
Version
Inscription/
use
DT Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
13
14
kg
Accessories
Yellow name plates
As backing plate for EMERGENCY-STOP,
self-adhesive
Blank
3SB19 02-1AQ
1 unit
0.001
With German inscription "NOT-HALT"
3SB19 02-2AQ
1 unit
0.001
With recess for inscription label
3SB39 21-0BV
1 unit
0.001
3SB39 01-0CK
1 unit
0.011
3SB39 01-0CM
M20 cable glands
M25 cable glands
1 unit
0.014
M20 hexagonal nuts
For glands
3SB39 01-0CL
10
units
0.100
M25 hexagonal nuts
For glands
3SB39 01-0CN
10
units
0.100
Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
Only use with this lamp.
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/26
15
16
17
ICP_2010_09_04_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 27 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:33 AM
3SB3 Two-Hand Operation Consoles
Plastic and metal enclosures
• 2 black mushroom pushbuttons, Ø 40 mm, 1 NO + 1 NC,
Order No. 3SB30 00-1GA11 or 3SB35 00-1GA11
• 1 red EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbutton according to
ISO 13850, Ø 40 mm, with positive latching, 2 NC, Order No.
3SB30 00-1HA20 or 3SB35 00-1HA20.
■ Overview
The plastic version can be retrofitted with up to 8 customized command positions. The surface of the console has
premachined breaking points for this purpose.
■ Application
The two-hand operation consoles are required for use with machines and systems that have hazardous areas, in order to direct both hands of the operator to one position.
Operator panels are primarily used on presses, stamping
machines, printing presses and paper converting machines,
in the chemical industry and in the rubber and plastics industries.
Standards
Two-hand operation consoles with metal enclosure
Equipment
The two-hand operation consoles comply with the requirements of EN 574.
The two-hand operation consoles are pre-equipped with
3SB3 command devices. In the case of plastic enclosures the
command positions are equipped as standard with actuators
and indicators made of plastic, in the case of metal enclosures
they are equipped with actuators and indicators made of
metal.
The standard equipment comprises:
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Metal enclosures, degree of protection IP65
Two-hand operation consoles, metal enclosure
3SB38 63-4BB
• With standard fittings
3SB38 63-4BB
1 unit
4.800
• With standard fittings and 4 additional holes
for 22.5 mm command devices1)
3SB38 63-4BA
1 unit
4.800
• Empty enclosure, unequipped
3SB38 63-4BC
1 unit
4.800
Two-hand operation consoles, plastic enclosure
With standard fittings and
machined breaking points for 8 additional 22.5 mm1),
command devices, with holes for metric cable glands
3SB38 63-1BB3
1 unit
2.300
Stands for two-hand operation consoles
With holes for metric cable glands
3SB39 01-0AQ3
1 unit
4.500
Plastic enclosures, degree of protection IP65
3SB38 63-1BB3
Accessories
3SB39 01-0AQ
1)
See 3SB3 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights.
9/27
Siemens ICP · 2011
ICP_2010_09_05_32810Edit_ab.fm Page 28 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:34 AM
3SE7, Cable-Operated Switches
3SE7 Metal Enclosures
Accessories
■ Overview
1
■ Application
SIRIUS cable-operated switches are used for monitoring or for
EMERGENCY-STOP devices on particularly endangered system
sections.
As the effective range of a cable-operated switch is only limited by
the length of the pull-rope, large systems can also be protected. Cable-operated switches (requiring pulling at both ends) and conveyor belt unbalance trackers are used primarily for monitoring very
long belt systems.
2
3
Standards
The switches are equipped with positive latching and positive NC
contacts and are thus suitable for operation in
EMERGENCY-STOP devices in according to ISO 13850.
4
5
6
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Rope length Contacts
DT Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
m
kg
7
Cable-operated switches
Metal enclosures
(cover made of plastic)
• Without latching, only cable pull monitoring
1 NO + 1 NC
3SE7 120-2DD01
1 unit
0.395
• With latching and latching reset
2 NC
3SE7 120-1BF00
1 unit
0.410
• Without latching
1 NO + 1 NC
3SE7 150-2DD00
1 unit
0.425
• With latching and latching reset
1 NO + 1 NC
3SE7 150-1BD00
1 unit
0.445
2 NC
3SE7 150-1BF00
1 unit
0.440
1 NO + 1 NC
3SE7 150-1CD00
1 unit
0.510
Metal enclosures
(cover made of plastic),
with dust protection and alignment window
3SE7 1501BD00
3SE7 1501BD04
10
25
• With latching and key unlatching
• Without latching
1 NO + 1 NC
3SE7 150-2DD04
1 unit
0.425
• With latching and latching reset
1 NO + 1 NC
3SE7 150-1BD04
1 unit
0.450
1 NO + 1 NC
3SE7 140-1BD00
1 unit
0.790
0.790
Metal enclosures
(cover made of plastic),
with dust protection
2 NC
3SE7 140-1BF00
1 unit
• In addition with LED, red, 24 V DC
1 NO + 1 NC
3SE7 140-1BD04
1 unit
0.820
• With latching and key unlatching
1 NO + 1 NC
3SE7 140-1CD00
1 unit
0.835
1 NO + 3 NC
3SE7 141-1EG10
1 unit
0.790
Metal enclosures
(cover made of plastic),
with EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom,
rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
75
Metal enclosures
with actuation on both sides
2 x 75
• With latching and latching reset
• In addition with LED, red, 24 V DC
10
12
50
• With latching and latching reset
3SE7 141-1EG10
9
11
Metal enclosures
25
(cover made of plastic),
with dust protection and alignment window,
with LED, red, 24 V DC
3SE7 140-1B.00
8
13
14
15
2 NO + 2 NC
3SE7 160-1AE00
1 unit
1.270
1 NO + 1 NC
3SE7 160-1BD00
1 unit
0.300
2 NO + 2 NC
3SE7 160-1AE04
1 unit
1.200
16
17
3SE7 160-1AE00
Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/28
ICP_2010_09_05_32810Edit_ab.fm Page 29 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:34 AM
3SE7, Cable-Operated Switches
3SE7 Metal Enclosures
Cable - operated switches
Version
Contacts
DT Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Conveyor belt unbalance protection devices
Metal enclosures
• With latching and latching reset
2 NO + 2 NC
3SE7 310-1AE00
1 unit
1.805
• In addition with LED, red, 24 V DC
2 NO + 2 NC
3SE7 310-1AE04
1 unit
1.815
3SE7 310-1AE00
Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
Version
Length/
diameter
DT Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Accessories
Steel ropes, with red plastic sheath, Ø 4 mm1)
10 m
3SE7 910-3AA
1 unit
0.420
15 m
3SE7 910-3AB
1 unit
0.665
20 m
3SE7 910-3AC
1 unit
0.865
50 m
3SE7 910-3AH
1 unit
2.065
• Oval
Ø 4 mm
3SE7 941-1AC
1 unit
0.040
• Simplex (1 set = 4 units)
Ø 4 mm
3SE7 943-1AC
4 units
0.010
• Duplex (1 set = 4 units)
Ø 4 mm
3SE7 944-1AC
4 units
0.020
• Single (1 set = 4 units)
Ø 5 mm
3SE7 942-1AA
4 units
0.025
• 13 N
3SE7 931-1AB
1 unit
0.150
• 35 N
3SE7 931-1AD
1 unit
0.340
• > 35 N
3SE7 931-1AE
1 unit
0.340
3SE7 921-1AC
1 unit
0.045
Fixtures for the rope rollers
(including fixing nuts)
3SE7 921-1AA
1 unit
0.015
Rope eyes for changes in rope direction and improved Ø 4 mm
power transmission at the fixing points
(1 set = 4 units)
3SE7 930-1AD
4 units
0.005
• Including M8 nut
3SE7 920-1AB
1 unit
0.035
• Including M10 nut
3SE7 920-1AC
1 unit
0.060
• M6 x 60
3SE7 950-1AB
1 unit
0.055
• M6 x 110
3SE7 950-1AD
1 unit
0.075
LED lights, red
24 V DC rated voltage
25 mm diameter;
for M20 x 1.5 connection
3SX3 235
1 unit
0.015
Rope clamps, galvanized white
Tension springs (zinc-plated)
to maintain the counter tension
Rope rollers for changing the direction of the rope,
rotatable
Ø 4 mm
Eyebolts for fixing the rope
Turnbuckles for precise adjustment of the pretension
1)
Diameter including casing; the diameter of the steel wire is 3.2 mm.
9/29
Siemens ICP · 2011
ICP_2010_09_06_012810Edit_ab.fm Page 30 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:36 AM
8WD Signalling Columns
8WD42 signalling columns, 50mm diameter
8WD44 signalling columns, 70mm diameter
Overview
Features of the 8WD42:
• Thermoplast enclosure, diameter 50 mm
• Degree of protection IP54
• Up to 4 elements can be mounted
Version
Features of the 8WD44:
• Thermoplast enclosure, diameter 70 mm
• Design with significantly improved illumination
• Fast, flexible connection using spring-loaded terminals
• Integrated degree of protection IP65
• Up to 5 elements can be mounted
Rated voltage
Color
DT Diameter
50 mm
Order No.
V
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
DT Diameter
70 mm
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No.
kg
1
2
3
Acoustic elements
Buzzer elements
80/85 dB (8WD44: 85 dB),
pulsating or continuous tone,
adjustable by means of a wire bridge
24 AC/DC
Black
230 V AC
Siren elements
24 AC/DC
100 dB, multi-tone, 8 tones and volume 230 AC
are adjustable
Black
Siren elements 108 dB, IP40
Black
24 AC/DC
8WD42 20-0FA
0.060
8WD44 20-0FA
1 unit
0.084
8WD42 50-0FA
0.066
8WD44 50-0FA
1 unit
0.090
--
8WD44 20-0EA2
1 unit
0.090
--
8WD44 50-0EA2
1 unit
0.100
--
8WD44 20-0EA
1 unit
0.135
4
5
Light elements for incandescent lamp/LED, BA 15d bases
Continuous light elements1)
Blinklight elements1)
8WD42:
Red
24 ... 230 AC/DC Green
8WD44:
Yellow
12 ... 230 AC/DC
Clear
24 AC/DC2)
8WD42 00-1AB
0.050
8WD44 00-1AB
1 unit
0.070
8WD42 00-1AC
0.050
8WD44 00-1AC
1 unit
0.070
8WD42 00-1AD
0.050
8WD44 00-1AD
1 unit
0.070
8WD42 00-1AE
0.050
8WD44 00-1AE
1 unit
0.070
Blue
8WD42 00-1AF
0.050
8WD44 00-1AF
1 unit
0.070
Red
--
8WD44 20-1BB
1 unit
0.075
Green
--
8WD44 20-1BC
1 unit
0.080
Yellow
--
8WD44 20-1BD
1 unit
0.075
Clear
--
8WD44 20-1BE
1 unit
0.080
Blue
--
8WD44 20-1BF
1 unit
0.075
Red
--
8WD44 20-0CB
1 unit
0.090
Green
--
8WD44 20-0CC
1 unit
0.090
Yellow
--
8WD44 20-0CD
1 unit
0.090
Clear
--
8WD44 20-0CE
1 unit
0.090
Blue
--
8WD44 20-0CF
1 unit
0.090
Red
8WD42 20-5AB
0.050
8WD44 20-5AB
1 unit
0.075
Green
8WD42 20-5AC
0.050
8WD44 20-5AC
1 unit
0.075
Yellow
8WD42 20-5AD
0.050
8WD44 20-5AD
1 unit
0.075
Clear
--
8WD44 20-5AE
1 unit
0.075
6
7
8
Light elements with integrated flash lamp
Flashlight elements
With integrated electronic flash
(lamp included in scope of supply)
24 DC 2)
Light elements with integrated LED
Continuous light elements
Blinklight elements
Rotating light elements
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
Blue
--
8WD44 20-5AF
1 unit
0.075
Red
8WD42 20-5BB
0.050
8WD44 20-5BB
1 unit
0.075
Green
8WD42 20-5BC
0.050
8WD44 20-5BC
1 unit
0.075
Yellow
8WD42 20-5BD
0.050
8WD44 20-5BD
1 unit
0.075
Clear
8WD42 20-5BE
0.050
--
1 unit
Blue
8WD42 20-5BF
0.050
--
1 unit
Red
--
8WD44 20-5DB
1 unit
0.085
Green
--
8WD44 20-5DC
1 unit
0.085
Yellow
--
8WD44 20-5DD
1 unit
0.085
--
8WD44 28-0BC
1 unit
0.110
GSM radio elements
GSM radio elements
Power consumption 50 mA,
short-time 450 mA
24 DC,
Black
controlled ±15 %
Connection elements3)
Connection elements with cover
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Black
Screw terminals
• For mounting on pipes, floors and brackets
8WD42 08-0AA
--
1 unit
• For mounting on pipes
--
0.085
8WD44 08-0AA
1 unit
0.110
• For mounting on brackets and floors
--
8WD44 08-0AB
1 unit
0.115
• For mounting on pipes
--
8WD44 08-0AD
1 unit
0.105
• For mounting on brackets and floors
--
8WD44 08-0AE
1 unit
0.105
16
Spring-loaded terminals
1)
Lamp not included in scope of supply. Please order separately.
1)
2)
3)
Version 230 V AC: 8WD44 50-1B. or -0C.
Important for assembling the signaling columns.
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/30
17
ICP_2010_09_06_012810Edit_ab.fm Page 31 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:36 AM
8WD Signalling Columns
Accessories for 8WD42 & 8WD44
■ Accessories
Version
Rated voltage
DT Diameter 50 mm
DT Diameter 70 mm
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No.
Order No.
8WD43 08-0DA
8WD43 08-0DA
1 unit
0.080
• Plastic, for mounting on pipes
8WD43 08-0DB
8WD43 08-0DB
1 unit
0.050
• Metal, for pipe lengths > 400 mm
8WD43 08-0DC
8WD43 08-0DC
1 unit
0.315
• Plastic, for floor mounting (without pipe)
8WD42 08-0DE
--
1 unit
0.050
• Length 100 mm
8WD42 08-0EF
8WD42 08-0EF
1 unit
0.030
• Length 150 mm
8WD43 08-0EE
8WD43 08-0EE
1 unit
0.045
• Length 250 mm
8WD43 08-0EA
8WD43 08-0EA
1 unit
0.080
• Length 400 mm
8WD43 08-0EB
8WD43 08-0EB
1 unit
0.120
• Length 1000 mm
8WD43 08-0ED
8WD43 08-0ED
1 unit
0.300
• Side cable outlet (can also be used without feet)
8WD43 08-0DD
8WD43 08-0DD
1 unit
0.070
• Side cable outlet,
with magnetic fixing1)
8WD43 08-0DE
8WD43 08-0DE
1 unit
0.300
• For single-sided mounting
8WD42 08-0CA
--
1 unit
0.130
• For single-sided mounting
--
8WD43 08-0CA
1 unit
0.090
• For double-sided mounting
--
8WD43 08-0CB
1 unit
0.085
Brackets for floor mounting
8WD44 08-0CC
8WD44 08-0CC
1 unit
0.070
Brackets for base mounting
Mounting without feet and pipe
--
8WD44 08-0CD
1 unit
0.055
Adapters for single-hole mounting
Mounting without feet and pipe,
with M18 thread and fixing nut
8WD42 08-0EH
--
1 unit
0.120
24 AC/DC
8WD43 28-1XX
8WD43 28-1XX
10
units
0.010
115 AC
8WD43 48-1XX
8WD43 48-1XX
10
units
0.010
230 AC
8WD43 58-1XX
8WD43 58-1XX
10
units
0.010
Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
Blue
24 AC/DC
8WD44 28-6XB
8WD44 28-6XC
8WD44 28-6XD
8WD44 28-6XE
8WD44 28-6XF
8WD44 28-6XB
8WD44 28-6XC
8WD44 28-6XD
8WD44 28-6XE
8WD44 28-6XF
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
230 AC
8WD44 58-6XB
8WD44 58-6XC
8WD44 58-6XD
8WD44 58-6XE
8WD44 58-6XB
8WD44 58-6XC
8WD44 58-6XD
8WD44 58-6XE
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
• With external auxiliary For 4 signaling
voltage
elements 24 V DC
8WD42 28-0BB
--
1 unit
0.075
• A/B technology,
For 3 signaling
with/without external elements 24 V DC
auxiliary voltage,
selectable
--
8WD44 28-0BD
1 unit
0.110
• Standard AS-i,
For 4 signaling
with external auxiliary elements 24 V DC
voltage
--
8WD44 28-0BE
1 unit
0.110
V
kg
Accessories for 8WD42, 8WD44
Feet with pipe
• Pipe length 100 mm
Feet, single
Pipes, single
Sockets for feet
Brackets for wall mounting
(mounting without feet and pipe)
Lamps, BA 15d bases
Incandescent lamps, 5 W
LEDs
Adapter elements for AS-Interface
AS-Interface adapter elements
9/31
Siemens ICP · 2011
ICP_2010_09_07_110309Edit_ab.fm Page 32 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:37 AM
8WD Signalling Columns
8WD53 integrated signal lamps, 70 mm diameter
1
■ Overview
Features:
• Thermoplast enclosure, diameter 70 mm
• Degree of protection IP65
• Rated voltage 24 V, 115 V, 230 V AC/DC
2
3
4
5
6
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Rated voltage
Color
DT Order No.
PS*
Weight
per PU
approx.
V
7
kg
Lights for incandescent lamp/LED, BA 15d base
Continuous lights1)
24 ... 230 AC/DC
Red
8WD53 00-1AB
1 unit
0.130
Green
8WD53 00-1AC
1 unit
0.130
Yellow
8WD53 00-1AD
1 unit
0.130
Clear
8WD53 00-1AE
1 unit
0.130
Blue
8WD53 00-1AF
1 unit
0.130
Red
8WD53 20-0CB
1 unit
0.150
Green
8WD53 20-0CC
1 unit
0.150
Yellow
8WD53 20-0CD
1 unit
0.150
Clear
8WD53 20-0CE
1 unit
0.150
Lights with integrated flash lamp
Single-flash lights
with integrated electronic flash
24 AC/DC
115 AC
230 AC
Blue
8WD53 20-0CF
1 unit
0.150
Red
8WD53 40-0CB
1 unit
0.145
Green
8WD53 40-0CC
1 unit
0.145
Yellow
8WD53 40-0CD
1 unit
0.145
Clear
8WD53 40-0CE
1 unit
0.145
Blue
8WD53 40-0CF
1 unit
0.145
Red
8WD53 50-0CB
1 unit
0.145
Green
8WD53 50-0CC
1 unit
0.145
Yellow
8WD53 50-0CD
1 unit
0.145
Clear
8WD53 50-0CE
1 unit
0.145
Blue
8WD53 50-0CF
1 unit
0.145
Red
8WD53 20-5AB
1 unit
0.133
Green
8WD53 20-5AC
1 unit
0.133
8
9
10
11
12
13
Lights with integrated LED
Continuous lights
Blinklight lamps
Rotating lights
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
Yellow
8WD53 20-5AD
1 unit
0.133
Red
8WD53 20-5BB
1 unit
0.135
Green
8WD53 20-5BC
1 unit
0.135
Yellow
8WD53 20-5BD
1 unit
0.135
Red
8WD53 20-5DB
1 unit
0.140
Green
8WD53 20-5DC
1 unit
0.140
Yellow
8WD53 20-5DD
1 unit
0.140
14
15
16
For incandescent lamps and LEDs see Signaling Columns.
1)
Lamp not included in scope of supply. Please order separately.
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/32
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 33 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights for Hazardous Locations
Class 51 Pilot Devices
General
• UL Listed and cUL Listed for Class I,
Groups C & D and Class II, Groups E,
F&G
for ease of maintenance. Many common
parts between the Class 51 hazardous location pilot devices and the Class 52 oil tight
pilot devices allow for increased serviceability with fewer parts.
• Short or Long Bushing Lengths
Industrial Appearance
• Mount into 3 4-14 NPSM Threaded Hole
Hazardous location control units add luster
to panels. They are uniform in appearance
and match 52 Class oil tight pilot devices.
Features
• Sealing Lock Nut
• Similar in Appearance to Class 52 Oil
Tight Pilot Devices
• Double Break Bifurcated Contacts Rated
AC NEMA A600, DC NEMA Q600
Make
Break
120
240
480
600
VA
60
30
15
12
7200
6
3
1.5
1.2
720
Ordering Information
• Petroleum refineries, and gasoline storage and dispensing areas.
• Industrial firms that use flammable liquids in dip tanks for parts cleaning or
other operations.
• UL Listed File # E39935
Application
• Petrochemical companies that manufacture chemicals from gas and oil.
• Accessories see page 10/129-10/130.
• Selector Operating Position and Contact
Operation page 10/127.
• Legend Plates see page 10/161.
• Enclosures see page 10/128.
• Dry cleaning plants where vapors from
cleaning fluids may be present.
• Companies that have spraying areas
where they coat products with paint or
plastics
• Aircraft hangars and fuel servicing
areas.
• Utility gas plants, and operations involving storage and handling of liquefied petroleum gas or natural gas.
Class II
• Grain elevators, flour and feed mills.
• Plants that manufacture, use or store
magnesium or aluminum powders.
• Plants that have chemical or metallurgical processes, producers of plastics,
medicines and fireworks, etc.
Rugged
Hazardous location control units are durable
one piece castings of a corrosion resistant
copper free aluminum alloy with stainless
steel springs and type 316 stainless steel
shafts to provide a long dependable life. The
“O” ring ensures the longest seal life available. Contact blocks have double break bifurcated contacts for increased reliability.
Volts
Typical Applications
Class I
• Angled Terminals and Self Rising Saddle
Clamps
When properly installed in a Type 7 & 9 enclosure, these components meet the National Electrical Code's requirements for
Class I, Division 1 & 2, Groups C and D hazardous gases, Class II, Division 1, Groups E,
F and G hazardous dust, and Class III, hazardous fibers and flyings. Class 51 pilot devices may be used in a location where the
presence of flammable gases, vapors or
finely pulverized dusts in the atmosphere are
sufficient to create a threat of explosion or
fire. They may also be required where easily
ignitable fibers or flyings are present. Short
bushing units are used in most standard
Type 7 & 9 enclosures. Long bushings are
used when an additional front panel is required or in enclosures up to 2 1 8 inches
thick. Class 51 devices also meet Type 4 applications.
Electrical Ratings
NEMA AC Ratings 50/60Hz
Nema A600 10 Continuous Amps
• Spice grinding plants, sugar plants and
cocoa plants.
• Coal preparation plants and other carbon handling or processing areas.
Class III
Flexible
Control units mount into industry standard
3 4-14 NPSM threaded holes. Both short
bushings for enclosure mounting and long
bushings for panel mounting are available.
Pilot light bulbs are re-movable from the front
• Textile mills, cotton gins, cotton seed
mills and flax processing plants.
• Any plant that shapes, pulverizes or cuts
wood and creates sawdust or flyings.
Panel Spacing
Octagonal
Lock Nut
Molded
Acrylic
Actuator
Sealing Lock Nut
3/4-inch
NPSM Thread
Contact Blocks
Rated A600
"O" Ring
Stainless
Steel Spring
Additional Lock Nut
Copper-Free Aluminum Provided on Long
Alloy Construction
Bushing Units
9/33
Siemens ICP · 2011
316 Stainless
Steel Shaft
Angled
Terminals
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 34 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights for Hazardous Locations
Class 51 NEMA Type 7 & 9 Devices
Operators only
1
Selection and ordering data
Pushbutton with flat cap
Pushbutton with
extended cap
Version
Color of
operator
Contacts
Short bushing
Order No.
Long bushing
Order No.
Pack
Pushbutton with flush cap
Black
Red
Green
51PA8A1
51PA8A2
51PA8A3
51PA8A1LB
51PA8A2LB
51PA8A3LB
1
1
1
Black
Red
Green
51PA8B1
51PA8B2
51PA8B3
51PA8B1LB
51PA8B2LB
51PA8B3LB
1
1
1
Unit
Pushbutton with extended cap
2
3
4
5
Dual pushbutton
Dual Pushbutton
Pushbutton with mushroom cap
1 5/8"(41.3mm)
Flush Black
Raised Red
51PD8A1B2
Black
Red
Green
51PA9D1
51PA9D2
51PA9D3
51PD8A1B2LB
1
6
51PA9D1LB
51PA9D2LB
51PA9D3LB
1
1
1
7
8
2 position push-pull
Pushbutton with mushroom cap
2 1/2"(63.5mm)
Black
Red
Green
Less head
51PA9E1
51PA9E2
51PA9E3
51PA9
51PA9E1LB
51PA9E2LB
51PA9E3LB
51PA9LB
1
1
1
1
2 Position Push Pull Maintained,
Non Illuminated
Small Plastic Mushroom Head, 1 5/8"
(41.3 mm)
Black
Red
Green
51PA2D1
51PA2D2
51PA2D3
51PA2D1LB
51PA2D2LB
51PA2D3LB
1
1
1
9
10
11
Large Plastic Mushroom Head, 2 1/4"
(57.2 mm)
Black
Red
Green
Less head
2 Position Push Pull Maintained,
Non Illuminated
Small Mushroom Head, 1 5/8"(41.3mm)
Black
Red
Green
51PA2E1
51PA2E2
51PA2E3
51PA2
1NC + 1NO 51PA2D1A
1NC + 1NO 51PA2D2A
1NC + 1NO 51PA2D3A
51PA2E1LB
51PA2E2LB
51PA2E3LB
51PA2LB
1
1
1
1
51PA2D1LBA
51PA2D2LBA
51PA2D3LBA
1
1
1
12
13
14
Large Mushroom Head, 2 1/2"(63.5mm)
3 position push-pull
3 Position Push Pull Momentary,
Non Illuminated
Small Mushroom Head, 1 5/8"(41.3mm)
Black
Red
Green
1NC + 1NO 51PA2E1A
1NC + 1NO 51PA2E2A
1NC + 1NO 51PA2E3A
51PA2E1LBA
51PA2E2LBA
51PA2E3LBA
1
1
1
Black
Red
Green
1NC + 1NO 51PA3A1U
1NC + 1NO 51PA3A2U
1NC + 1NO 51PA3A3U
51PA3A1ULB
51PA3A2ULB
51PA3A3ULB
1
1
1
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/34
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 35 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights for Hazardous Locations
Class 51 NEMA Type 7 & 9 Devices
Indicator lights
Selection and ordering data
Version
Color of
operator
Contacts
Short bushing
Order No.
Long bushing
Order No.
Pack
Indicator light with glass lens - Full voltage
type AC/DC (with 6" pigtail leads) 1) 3)
Operators with Incandescent Lamp
6-8V with 755 type
12V with 756 type
Red
Green
Amber
Less lens
Red
Amber
Green
Less lens
51PC5B2
51PC5B3
51PC5B9
51PC5BN
51PC5B2LB
51PC5B3LB
51PC5B9LB
51PC5BNLB
1
51PC5C2
51PC5C3
51PC5C9
51PC5CN
51PC5C2LB
51PC5C3LB
51PC5C9LB
51PC5CNLB
1
24V with 757 type
Red
Green
Amber
Less lens
51PC5D2
51PC5D3
51PC5D9
51PC5DN
51PC5D2LB
51PC5D3LB
51PC5D9LB
51PC5DNLB
1
Operators with LED Lamp 2)
6-8V with BA9 type LED
Red
Green
Amber
51PE5B2
51PE5B3
51PE5B9
51PE5B2LB
51PE5B3LB
51PE5B9LB
1
24V with BA9 type LED
Red
Green
Amber
51PE5D2
51PE5D3
51PE5D9
51PE5D2LB
51PE5D3LB
51PE5D9LB
1
Indicator light with glass lens - Transformer
type AC/DC 1) 3)
Operators with Incandescent Lamp
120V with 6V 755 type lamp
240V with 6V 755 type lamp
Red
Green
Amber
Less lens
Red
Green
Amber
Less lens
51PC5G2
51PC5G3
51PC5G9
51PC5GN
51PC5G2LB
51PC5G3LB
51PC5G9LB
51PC5GNLB
1
51PC5H2
51PC5H3
51PC5H9
51PC5HN
51PC5H2LB
51PC5H3LB
51PC5H9LB
51PC5HNLB
1
480V with 6V 755 type lamp
Red
Green
Amber
Less lens
51PC5J2
51PC5J3
51PC5J9
51PC5JN
51PC5J2LB
51PC5J3LB
51PC5J9LB
51PC5JNLB
1
600V with 6V 755 type lamp
Red
Green
Amber
Less lens
51PC5K2
51PC5K3
51PC5K9
51PC5KN
51PC5K2LB
51PC5K3LB
51PC5K9LB
51PC5KNLB
1
Operators with LED Lamp 2)
120V with 6V BA9 type LED
Red
Green
Amber
Less lens
51PE5G2
51PE5G3
51PE5G9
—
51PE5G2LB
51PE5G3LB
51PE5G9LB
—
1
240V with 6V BA9 type LED
Red
Green
Amber
Less lens
51PE5H2
51PE5H3
51PE5H9
—
51PE5H2LB
51PE5H3LB
51PE5H9LB
—
1
480V with 6V BA9 type LED
Red
Green
Amber
Less lens
51PE5J2
51PE5J3
51PE5J9
—
51PE5J3LB
51PE5J3LB
51PE5J9LB
—
1
600V with 6V BA9 type LED
Red
Green
Amber
Less lens
51PE5K2
51PE5K3
51PE5K9
—
51PE5K2LB
51PE5K3LB
51PE5K9LB
—
1
Indicator light with glass lens - Resistor type Red
AC/DC*
Green
Amber
120V with 24V 757 type lamp
Less lens
51PC5M2
51PC5M3
51PC5M9
51PC5MN
51PC5M2LB
51PC5M3LB
51PC5M9LB
51PC5MNLB
1
24V BA9 type LED lamp 2)
51PE5M2
51PE5M3
51PE5M9
51PE5M2LB
51PE5M3LB
51PE5M9LB
1
Unit
Indicator lightfull voltage
Indicator lighttransformer type
1) For other colors not listed, order operator less
lens and separate lens
g
9/35
Siemens ICP · 2011
Red
Green
Amber
2) LED color must match lens color.
3) All illuminated devices come with std. Touchsafe shield per UL stds.
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 36 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights for Hazardous Locations
Class 51, NEMA Type 7 & 9 Devices
Indicator light operators
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
Color of
operator
Contacts
Short bushing
Order No.
Long bushing
Order No.
Pack
Push to test/Illuminated pushbutton with
glass lens - Full voltage type AC/DC 1) 3)
Operators with Incandescent Lamp
6V with 755 type lamp
Red
Green
Amber
Less lens
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
51PC6B2A
51PC6B3A
51PC6B9A
51PC6BNA
51PC6B2ALB
51PC6B3ALB
51PC6B9ALB
51PC6BNALB
1
1
1
1
24V with 757 type lamp
R ed
Amber
Green
Less lens
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
51PC6D2A
51PC6D3A
51PC6D9A
51PC6DNA
51PC6D2ALB
51PC6D3ALB
51PC6D9ALB
51PC6DNALB
1
1
1
1
Operators with LED Lamp 2)
6-8V with BA9 type LED
Red
Green
Amber
1NO + 1NC 51PE6B2A
1NO + 1NC 51PE6B3A
1NO + 1NC 51PE6B9A
51PE6B2ALB
51PE6B3ALB
51PE6B9ALB
1
1
1
24V with BA9 type LED
Red
Green
Amber
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
51PE6D2A
51PE6D3A
51PE6D9A
51PE6D2ALB
51PE6D3ALB
51PE6D9ALB
1
1
1
Push to test/Illuminated pushbutton with
glass lens - Transformer type (50/60 Hz) 1) 3)
Operators with Incandescent Lamp
120V with 6V 755 type lamp
240V with 6V 755 type lamp
Red
Green
Amber
Less lens
Red
Green
Amber
Less lens
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
51PC6G2A
51PC6G3A
51PC6G9A
51PC6GNA
51PC6G2ALB
51PC6G3ALB
51PC6G9ALB
51PC6GNALB
1
1
1
1
51PC6H2A
51PC6H3A
51PC6H9A
51PC6HNA
51PC6H2ALB
51PC6H3ALB
51PC6H9ALB
51PC6HNALB
1
1
1
1
480V with 6V 755 type lamp
Red
Green
Amber
Less lens
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
51PC6J2A
51PC6J3A
51PC6J9A
51PC6JNA
51PC6J2ALB
51PC6J3ALB
51PC6J9ALB
51PC6JNALB
1
1
1
1
600V with 6V 755 type lamp
Red
Green
Amber
Less lens
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
51PC6K2A
51PC6K3A
51PC6K9A
51PC6KNA
51PC6K2ALB
51PC6K3ALB
51PC6K9ALB
51PC6KNALB
1
1
1
1
2
Operators with LED Lamp )
120V with 6V BA9 type LED
Red
Green
Amber
1NO + 1NC 51PE6G2A
1NO + 1NC 51PE6G3A
1NO + 1NC 51PE6G9A
51PE6G2ALB
51PE6G3ALB
51PE6G9ALB
1
1
1
240V with 6V BA9 type LED
Red
Green
Amber
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
51PE6H2A
51PE6H3A
51PE6H9A
51PE6H2ALB
51PE6H3ALB
51PE6H9ALB
1
1
1
480V with 6V BA9 type LED
Red
Green
Amber
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
51PE6J2A
51PE6J3A
51PE6J9A
51PE6J2ALB
51PE6J3ALB
51PE6J9ALB
1
1
1
600V with 6V BA9 type LED
Red
Green
Amber
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO + 1NC
51PE6K2A
51PE6K3A
51PE6K9A‘
51PE6K2ALB
51PE6K3ALB
51PE6K9ALB
1
1
1
Unit
Push to test full voltage
Push to test
transformer type
Overload reset operators with reset legend plate
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Version
Color
Legend
Inscription
Order No.
List
Price $
1 unit
Single unit
7/8" diameter reset pad, 10" shaft can be cut to length.
Red
Reset
51AAS
13
Multi unit
For use with multi push operation requirements.
Red
Reset
51AAM
14
15
16
1) For other colors not listed, order operator less
lens and separate lens
2) LED color must match lens color.
3) All illuminated devices come with std. Touchsafe shield per UL stds.
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/36
17
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 37 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights for Hazardous Locations
Class 51, NEMA Type 7 & 9 Devices
Selector switch operators
Selection and ordering data
Version
Lever type
Color
of
insert
Cam
Code
1) 2)
Short
bushing
Order No.
Long
bushing
Order No.
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
A
51SA2AA
51SA2AALB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
A
51SB2AA
51SB2AALB
Pack
Unit
Selector switches with
2 switching positions
Maintained operation
Spring return from
right operation
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
A
51SA2AC
51SA2ACLB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
A
51SB2AC
51SB2ACLB
Selector switches with
3 switching positions
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
B
51SA2BA
51SA2BALB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
B
51SB2BA
51SB2BALB
Maintained operation
Spring return from
right operation
Spring return from
left operation
Spring return from left
and right operation
1) C cam limited to 4 single or double pole blocks
on spring return operators.
9/37
Siemens ICP · 2011
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
C
51SA2CA
51SA2CALB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
C
51SB2CA
51SB2CALB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
D
51SA2DA
51SA2DALB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
D
51SB2DA
51SB2DALB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
E
51SA2EA
51SA2EALB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
E
51SB2EA
51SB2EALB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
G
51SA2GA
51SA2GALB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
G
51SB2GA
51SB2GALB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
B
51SA2BC
51SA2BCLB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
B
51SB2BC
51SB2BCLB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
C
51SA2CC
51SA2CCLB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
C
51SB2CC
51SB2CCLB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
D
51SA2DC
51SA2DCLB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
D
51SB2DC
51SB2DCLB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
E
51SA2EC
51SA2ECLB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
E
51SB2EC
51SB2ECLB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
G
51SA2GC
51SA2GCLB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
G
51SB2GC
51SB2GCLB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
B
51SA2BB
51SA2BBLB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
B
51SB2BB
51SB2BBLB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
C
51SA2CB
51SA2CBLB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
C
51SB2CB
51SB2CBLB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
D
51SA2DB
51SA2DBLB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
D
51SB2DB
51SB2DBLB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
E
51SA2EB
51SA2EBLB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
E
51SB2EB
51SB2EBLB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
G
51SA2GB
51SA2GBLB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
G
51SB2GB
51SB2GBLB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
B
51SA2BD
51SA2BDLB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
B
51SB2BD
51SB2BDLB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
C
51SA2CD
51SA2CDLB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
C
51SB2CD
51SB2CDLB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
D
51SA2DD
51SA2DDLB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
D
51SB2DD
51SB2DDLB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
E
51SA2ED
51SA2EDLB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
E
51SB2ED
51SB2EDLB
Short lever, non-Illuminated
White
G
51SA2GD
51SA2GDLB
Long lever, non-Illuminated
White
G
51SB2GD
51SB2GDLB
1
1
1
1
1
1
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 38 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights for Hazardous Locations
Class 51, NEMA Type 7 & 9 Devices
Selector switch operators
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
Key
removal
position
Lock
number
Cam
Code
1) 2)
Short
bushing
Order No.
Long
bushing
Order No.
Pack
Key-operated selector switches with
2 switching positions
Both
550CH
A
51SA6AE
51SA6AELB
Left
550CH
A
51SA6AF
51SA6AFLB
Spring return from right operation
Left
550CH
A
51SA6AC
51SA6ACLB
1
Key-operated selector switches with
3 switching positions
All
550CH
B
51SA6BE
51SA6BELB
1
C
51SA6CE
51SA6CELB
D
51SA6DE
51SA6DELB
Unit
1
2
3
Maintained operation
Maintained operation
Left
Right
Center
Left and
Center
Spring return from right operation
Spring return from left operation
Center
Center
Spring return from left and right operation Center
550CH
550CH
550CH
550CH
550CH
550CH
550CH
E
51SA6EE
51SA6EELB
G
51SA6GE
51SA6GELB
B
51SA6BF
51SA6BFLB
C
51SA6CF
51SA6CFLB
D
51SA6DF
51SA6DFLB
E
51SA6EF
51SA6EFLB
G
51SA6GF
51SA6GFLB
B
51SA6BG
51SA6BGLB
C
51SA6CG
51SA6CGLB
D
51SA6DG
51SA6DGLB
E
51SA6EG
51SA6EGLB
G
51SA6GG
51SA6GGLB
B
51SA6BH
51SA6BHLB
C
51SA6CH
51SA6CHLB
D
51SA6DH
51SA6DHLB
E
51SA6BH
51SA6BHLB
G
51SA6GH
51SA6GHLB
B
51SA6BK
51SA6BKLB
C
51SA6CK
51SA6CKLB
D
51SA6DK
51SA6DKLB
E
51SA6EK
51SA6EKLB
G
51SA6GK
51SA6GKLB
B
51SA6BU
51SA6BULB
C
51SA6CU
51SA6CULB
D
51SA6DU
51SA6DULB
E
51SA6EU
51SA6EULB
G
51SA6GU
51SA6GULB
B
51SA6BT
51SA6BTLB
C
51SA6CT
51SA6CTLB
D
51SA6DT
51SA6DTLB
E
51SA6ET
51SA6ETLB
G
51SA6GT
51SA6GTLB
B
51SA6BV
51SA6BVLB
C
51SA6CV
51SA6CVLB
D
51SA6DV
51SA6DVLB
E
51SA6EV
51SA6EVLB
G
51SA6GV
51SA6GVLB
Lock types keyed different from standard - up to 25 per order
5
1
4
5
6
1
7
1
1
8
9
10
1
11
1
12
1
13
14
5
To order special locks for keyed selector
switches, append corresponding 'X' suffix
to part number
Ordering example:
#549CH
X639
1
51SA6AEX298
#548CH
X640
1
#547CH
X641
1
#501CH
X642
1
#506CH
X643
1
15
16
17
1) C cam limited to 4 single or double pole blocks
on spring return operators.
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/38
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 39 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights for Hazardous Locations
Class 51, NEMA Type 7 & 9 Devices
Cam selection
Selection and ordering data
Design
Ordering Information
• Contact blocks are ordered separately, see page 10/130.
• Under Selector Position find the selector operation required (2 or 3 position).
• Select the contact operation required for each selector lever position (X indicates when contacts are
closed).
• The cam letter column identifies the cam of the selector operator.
• Contact block must be assembled in position shown for each circuit application.
• Cam D, E or G may be ordered at the same price by changing the 6th character of the selector
catalog number. Example: Selector with D cam 51SA2DA.
• C Cam on spring return selectors is limited to 4 contact blocks. Standard push buttons accept 4 contact
blocks on each side, for a maximum of 8 contact blocks.
• Selector operators in enclosures are limited to depth of 1 contact block. (2 blocks wide).
Lever or key operators (viewed from front)
Selector
position
Lever position—X indicates contact closed
Cam
letter
Left
Right
2
X
O
O
X
A
Contact block
catalog No
Mounting
(viewed from front)
Left
Right
52BAJ (NC)
L
R
52BAK (NO)
L
R
52BAJ (NC)
L
52BAK (NO)
L
Illuminated
X
O
O
X
Left
3
Center
A
Right
X
O
O
O
O
X
X
O
X
X
O
X
B
R
52BAK (NO)
L
L
52BAK (NO)
52BAJ (NC)
52BAJ (NC)
R
1)
L
L
R
R
X
X
O
O
X
O
C
2 - 52BAK (NO)
52BAJ (NC)
O
O
O
X
X
O
D
52BAK (NO)
52BAJ (NC)
L
L
R
R
O
O
X
52BAK (NO)
L
R
X
O
O
X
O
O
E
52BAK (NO)
52BAJ (NC)
L
L
R
R
X
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
X
G
52BAJ (NC)
52BAJ (NC)
52BAK (NO)
L
1) Wired in parallel.
9/39
Siemens ICP · 2011
L
and
R
R
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 40 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights for Hazardous Locations
Class 51, NEMA Type 7 & 9 Devices
Control stations
1
Selection and ordering data
Operator Identification
Degree of
operator
Contacts/
voltage
Number of
command
points
Order No.
Pack
A = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "START"
NEMA 7/9
1NO - 1NC
1
51C101H
262.00
Unit
1
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
A = Momentary 1 5/8" mushroom head red label "STOP"
A = Momentary dual pushbutton red label "START, STOP"
A = 2 position selector switch
label "Off-On"
A = 3 position selector switch
label "HAND-OFF-AUTO"
A = Indicator light, green
NEMA 7/9
1NO - 1NC
1
51C103H
262.00
1
NEMA 7/9
1NO - 1NC
1
51C104H
285.00
1
NEMA 7/9
1NO - 1NC
1
51C105H
362.00
1
NEMA 7/9
1NO - 1NC
1
51C159H
312.00
1
NEMA 7/9
1NO - 1NC
1
51C156H
312.00
1
NEMA 7/9
1
51C131H
281.00
1
A = Indicator light, red
NEMA 7/9
1
51C135H
281.00
1
B = Momentary pushbutton
black, label "START"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
B = Momentary pushbutton
black, label " FORW"
A = Momentary pushbutton red,
label "REV"
B = Momentary pushbutton
black, label "START"
A = Momentary 1 5/8" mushroom head pushbutton red,
label "STOP"
B = Indicator light, red
A = Indicator light, green
C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "FORWARD"
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "REVERSE"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "OPEN"
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "CLOSE"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
C = Indicator light, green
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "START"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
NEMA 7/9
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
2
51C201H
401.00
1
NEMA 7/9
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
2
51C204H
401.00
1
NEMA 7/9
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
2
51C202H
424.00
1
NEMA 7/9
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
2
51C230H
439.00
1
3
51C301H
661.00
1
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
3
51C303H
661.00
1
NEMA 7/9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
NEMA 7/9
NEMA 7/9
11
3
51C307H
634.00
1
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
12
13
Enclosures only
For field assembly of Type 7 & 9
UL listed and cUL listed control
stations. Devices may be
installed for either horizontal or
vertical mounting using a standard legend. Limited to depth of
1 contact block.
1
51EA1H
146.00
1
2
51EA2H
169.00
1
3
51EA3H
239.00
1
14
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/40
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 41 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights for Hazardous Locations
Class 51, NEMA Type 7 & 9 Devices
Accessories and spare parts
Selection and ordering data
Version
Mushroom head cap - Plastic
Suitable for
Conduit
size (in.)
For small 1 5/8" (41.3mm) type,
non-illuminated mushroom pushbuttons
Order No.
Pack
Black
52RB3D1
7.70
Red
52RB3D2
7.70
Green
52RB3D3
7.70
Yellow
52RB3D4
7.70
Blue
52RB3D5
7.70
Gray
52RB3D6
7.70
Orange
52RB3D8
7.70
1 kit of
each
52RB3DN
7.70
Black
52RB3E1
15.40
Red
52RB3E2
15.40
Green
52RB3E3
15.40
Yellow
52RB3E4
15.40
Blue
52RB3E5
15.40
Gray
52RB3E6
15.40
Orange
52RB3E8
15.40
1 kit of
each
Red
52RB3EN
15.40
51RC4G2
24.50
Green
51RC4G3
24.50
Blue
51RC4G5
24.50
Amber
51RC4G9
24.50
Clear
51RC4GA
24.50
Replacement lens for push to
test/illuminated pushbuttons
Red
51RC5G2
24.50
Green
51RC5G3
24.50
Glass lens
Amber
51RC5G9
24.50
Lever inserts
Red
52RA2A2
0.40
Short lever
Green
52RA2A3
0.40
Blue
52RA2A4
0.40
Amber
52RA2A5
0.40
Gray
52RA2A6
0.40
Orange
52RA2A8
0.40
White
52RA2AB
0.40
Red
52RA2B2
0.40
Green
52RA2B3
0.40
Blue
52RA2B4
0.40
Amber
52RA2B5
0.40
Gray
52RA2B6
0.40
Orange
52RA2B8
0.40
White
52RA2BB
Mushroom head cap - Plastic
For large 2 1/2" (63.5mm) type,
non-illuminated mushroom pushbuttons
Replacement lens for pilot lights
Glass lens
Long lever
9/41
Color
Unit
1
1
1
1
1
1
0.40
Padlock attachment
Flush or raised pushbutton
operators
51AAL
23.00
1
Breather/drain
(Stainless Steel)
51AADB
38.50
1
Lock nut wrench
Installs in bottom as a drain or in
the top as a breather. Suitable for
Class 1 groups C & D and for Class
2 groups F & G applications only.
Fits 1/2" NPT.
All devices
52MAWB
23.00
Spare keys
550CH (1 key)
50D28671011
Hole plugs
For tapered NPT conduit openings
Siemens ICP · 2011
1
1
1/2
51AAHA
3.90
3/4
51AAHB
4.30
4.83
1
51AAHC
1 1/2
51AAHD
7.70
2
51AAHE
13.00
2 1/2
51AAHF
19.70
1
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 42 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights for Hazardous Locations
Class 51, NEMA Type 7 & 9 Devices
Accessories and spare parts
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
Reducer bushings
Suitable for
Conduit
size (in.)
Cast aluminum, UL recognized
and CSA certified. Used to
reduce existing tapered NPT
conduit opening when required.
Lamps with screw connection, miniature bayonet
incandescent lamps
Flashing, type 267 lamp
51, 52
(replaces 755 lamp)
Color
Order No.
Pack
3/4 - 1/2
51AARBA
3.90
1 - 1/2
51AARCA
4.30
1 1/2 - 3/4
51AARDB
9.60
1 1/2 - 1
51AARDC
9.60
2 1/2- 3/4
51AARFB
27.50
Unit
1
3
2 1/2 - 1
51AARFC
29.00
2 1/2 - 1 1/2
51AARFD
31.50
2 1/2 - 2
51AARFE
34.00
3-1
51AARGC
39.00
3 - 1 1/2
51AARGD
39.00
3-2
51AARGE
39.00
3 - 2 1/2
51AARGF
39.00
6V
52AABNF
11.60
1
4
5
6V Full voltage, transformer
type 755 lamp
51, 52
6V
52AABN
7.70
1
12V full voltage, type 756
51, 52
12V
52AACN
7.70
1
24V full voltage, 120/240V
resistor push-to-test type 757
Neon (uses resistors) type B2A
(NE-51H)
51, 52
24V
52AADN
7.00
1
51, 52
120V
52AAPN
15.90
1
120V, full voltage type 3S6/5
51, 52
120V
7.70
1
LEDs, Single element
51, 52
6V
Red
52AEB2
21.00
1
51, 52
6V
Green
52AEB3
21.00
51, 52
6V
Yellow
52AEB4
21.00
51, 52
6V
White
52AEBB
21.00
51, 52
6V
Blue
52AEB5
21.00
52AAENC
51, 52
24V
Red
52AED2
21.00
51, 52
24V
Green
52AED3
21.00
51, 52
24V
Yellow
52AED4
21.00
51, 52
24V
White
52AEDB
21.00
51, 52
24V
Blue
52AED5
21.00
51, 52
120V
Red
52AEE2
21.00
51, 52
120V
Green
52AEE3
21.00
51, 52
120V
Yellow
52AEE4
21.00
51, 52
120V
White
52AEEB
21.00
51, 52
120V
Blue
52AEE5
21.00
1 NO
52BAK
52BAR
1 NC
1 NO - 1 NC
7
8
10
11
12
13
52BAK
52BAJ
11.60
11.60
52BJK
23.20
1 NO early make
1 NC late break
closes before 52BAK
opens after 52BAJ
52BAH
52BAE
11.60
11.60
1 NO - 1 NC
Reed switch
UL listed for class 1 division 2
.25A Max, 150V AC, 10 Watt max
.5A Max, 150V DC, 10 Watt max
52BAR1)
46.00
1 NC extra late break
6
9
Touchsafe contact blocks with gold flashing
52BAJ
2
1
14
15
52BAU
11.60
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/42
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 43 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Overview
Features
s Octagonal Mounting Nuts
s Meets Type 1, 3, 4, 12, 13 and Automotive Standards
s Heavy Duty Rated NEMA A600 Contacts
s Positive Indexing Selectors
Contact blocks are heavy duty rated NEMA
A600 and suitable for applications down to
5V/1MA solid state outputs. Molded bodies
and pushers resist arcing and tracking. All
units have stainless steel springs that resist
corrosion and provide strong contact pressure. Captive mounting screws speed panel
assembly.
Push Pull Operators
s Bifurcated Movable Contacts
s CSA Certified File # LR6535
Push Pull Operators combine two or three
functions in one unit. The maintained operator has two positions, typically pull to start,
push to stop. The momentary operator with
three positions provides spring return from
both pull and push positions. These units are
also available with a pilot light.
s Touchsafe Terminals
2 Button Maintained Operator
s Attractive Chrome Plating
s Boots Not Required for Type 4
s UL Listed File # E22655
Application
Oil tight pilot controls and accessories are
designed to provide long, trouble free service in the most demanding industrial applications. These controls are oil and dust tight
and meet Type 3, 4, 12 and 13 specifications.
Rugged
Industrial control operators are durable one
piece castings. Heavy duty plastic buttons
resist oils and corrosion. Silver contacts
carry heavy duty ratings.
Flexible
Accessories modify standard push buttons,
selector switches and pilot lights. Building
block construction of contact blocks makes
possible many circuitry combinations.
Industrial Appearance
Pilot controls add luster to panels. Chrome
plating covers exposed metal parts.
Push Button Operators
The Operator Base consists of a durable,
one piece casting equipped with a heavy
duty actuator with a stainless steel spring, a
neoprene actuator sealing ring to prevent oil
and dust from penetrating to the contact
blocks, a neoprene gasket to seal operator
mounting hole and a chrome plated lock nut.
Volts
Make
Break
120
240
480
600
VA
60
30
15
12
7200
6
3
1.5
1.2
720
Maintained Push Buttons consist of two push
buttons and a latching assembly. When actuated the button remains depressed and is
freed only by the release operator to which it
is linked. The button assembly adjusts for
mounting from a 1 13⁄ 16 inch to a 2 5⁄ 8 inch
center.
Transformer Type Pilot Lights
Transformer Type Pilot Lights are available
with a 120, 240, 480 or 600 Volt primary (50/
60 Hertz) and a separate secondary winding
which supplies reduced voltage to a miniature bayonet base 6 Volt lamp. These units
are suitable for applications where vibration
is present and long bulb life is desirable.
Full Voltage Type Pilot Lights
Full Voltage Pilot Lights are available for 6,
12, 24, 120 and 240 Volt AC and DC applications. The 240 Volt pilot light is supplied with
a 120 Volt lamp and a voltage dropping resistor
LED Type Pilot Lights
LED’s (light emitting diodes) can be used in
pilot lights instead of incandescent bulbs because of their long life (up to 10 years), resistance to vibration and ambient sensitivity.
Selector Operators
The Mushroom Head base construction is
identical to the push button base. The actuator is molded of high impact material for either a 1 5 ⁄ 8 inch or 2 1⁄ 2 inch diameter
molded head.
Selector Operators have positive action indexing. Operators are available with either a
short or long lever. The molded black lever is
designed to accept a color insert. A white insert is provided as standard. Each operator
is equipped with a cam to actuate plungers
of contact blocks assembled behind the operator. Two, three and four position operators
are available with seven different cams.
Contact Blocks
Lever color inserts are available in 8 colors.
Mushroom Head Push Button Operators
Electrical Ratings
NEMA AC Ratings 50/60Hz
NEMA A600 10 Continuous Amps
Contact Blocks have double break bifurcated silver contacts, with gold flashing as
standard, which improve contact fidelity.
Pilot Light
P ush Button
9/43
Siemens ICP · 2011
Selector Operator
Selector Push Operation
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 44 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Complete pushbutton units
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
Color of
actuator
Contact
blocks
Flush cap
order no.
Extended cap
order no.
Mushroom
head order no.
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
52PA8A1K
52PA8A2K
52PA8A3K
52PA8A4K
52PA8B1K
52PA8B2K
52PA8B3K
52PA8B4K
52PB9
52PB9
52PB9
52PB9
blue
gray
orange
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
52PA8A5K
52PA8A6K
52PA8A8K
52PA8B5K
52PA8B6K
52PA8B8K
52PB9 5K
52PB9 6K
52PB9 8K
black
red
green
yellow
1 NC
1 NC
1 NC
1 NC
52PA8A1J
52PA8A2J
52PA8A3J
52PA8A4J
52PA8B1J
52PA8B2J
52PA8B3J
52PA8B4J
52PB9
52PB9
52PB9
52PB9
blue
gray
orange
1 NC
1 NC
1 NC
52PA8A5J
52PA8A6J
52PA8A8J
52PA8B5J
52PA8B6J
52PA8B8J
52PB9 5J
52PB9 6J
52PB9 8J
black
red
green
yellow
1 NO + 1 NC
1 NO + 1 NC
1 NO + 1 NC
1 NO + 1 NC
52PA8A1A
52PA8A2A
52PA8A3A
52PA8A4A
52PA8B1A
52PA8B2A
52PA8B3A
52PA8B4A
52PB9
52PB9
52PB9
52PB9
blue
gray
orange
1 NO + 1 NC 52PA8A5A
1 NO + 1 NC 52PA8A6A
1 NO + 1 NC 52PA8A8A
52PA8B5A
52PA8B6A
52PA8B8A
52PB9 5A
52PB9 6A
52PB9 8A
black
red
green
yellow
2 NO
2 NO
2 NO
2 NO
52PA8A1F
52PA8A2F
52PA8A3F
52PA8A4F
52PA8B1F
52PA8B2F
52PA8B3F
52PA8B4F
52PB9
52PB9
52PB9
52PB9
blue
gray
orange
2 NO
2 NO
2 NO
52PA8A5F
52PA8A6F
52PA8A8F
52PA8B5F
52PA8B6F
52PA8B8F
52PB9 5F
52PB9 6F
52PB9 8F
black
red
green
yellow
2 NC
2 NC
2 NC
2 NC
52PA8A1G
52PA8A2G
52PA8A3G
52PA8A4G
52PA8B1G
52PA8B2G
52PA8B3G
52PA8B4G
52PB9
52PB9
52PB9
52PB9
blue
gray
orange
2 NC
2 NC
2 NC
52PA8A5G
52PA8A6G
52PA8A8G
52PA8B5G
52PA8B6G
52PA8B8G
52PB9 5G
52PB9 6G
52PB9 8G
black
red
green
yellow
2 NO + 2 NC
2 NO + 2 NC
2 NO + 2 NC
2 NO + 2 NC
52PA8A1B
52PA8A2B
52PA8A3B
52PA8A4B
52PA8B1B
52PA8B2B
52PA8B3B
52PA8B4B
52PB9
52PB9
52PB9
52PB9
blue
gray
orange
2 NO + 2 NC 52PA8A5B
2 NO + 2 NC 52PA8A6B
2 NO + 2 NC 52PA8A8B
52PA8B5B
52PA8B6B
52PA8B8B
52PB9 5B
52PB9 6B
52PB9 8B
Pushbutton unit with
black
assembled contact blocks1) red
green
yellow
Pushbutton with flush cap
Pushbutton with extended cap
Pushbutton with 1 5/8" mushroom head
Order no. change
Small operating head - 1 5/8" (41.3 mm)
Large operating head - 2.5" (63.5 mm)
1K
2K
3K
4K
1J
2J
3J
4J
1A
2A
3A
4A
1F
2F
3F
4F
1G
2G
3G
4G
1B
2B
3B
4B
Pack
2
1
3
4
1
5
6
1
7
1
8
9
1
10
11
1
12
13
D
E
14
15
1) For other contact block assemblies replace the 8th digit
catalog number as follows:
C = 3N0 + 3NC
D = 4N0 + 4NC
E = 1NC (EB)
H = 1N0 (EM)
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/44
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 45 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Push pull complete units
Selection and ordering data
Version
2 Position push-pull
non-illuminated
Color of
actuator
Order no.
Order no.
Pack
Plastic Head
Metal Head
Unit
1NO - 1NC
52PP2WZA
52PP2AZA
1
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP2W2A
52PP2W3A
52PP2W4A
—
52PP2A2A
52PP2A3A
—
52PP2ACA
1NO - 1NC
52PP2VZA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP2V2A
52PP2V3A
52PP2V4A
—
1NO - 1NC
52PP3WZU
52PP3AZA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP3W2U
52PP3W3U
52PP3W4U
—
52PP3A2A
52PP3A3A
—
52PP3ACA
2 Position Push Pull, Maintained
Non-Illuminated
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
2 1/2" (63.5 mm) mushroom head
3 Position push-pull
non-illuminated
Contact
blocks
less operating
head
red
green
yellow
chrome
less operating
head
red
green
yellow
chrome
1
3 Position Push Pull, Momentary
Non-Illuminated
(Pull to start, push to stop) 1)
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
2 1/2" (63.5 mm) mushroom head
less operating
head
red
green
yellow
chrome
less operating
head
red
green
yellow
chrome
1NO - 1NC
52PP3VZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP3V2U
52PP3V3U
52PP3V4U
—
less operating
head
red
green
yellow
chrome
1NO - 1NC
52PP7WZU
52PP7AZA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP7W2U
52PP7W3U
52PP7W4U
—
52PP7A2A
52PP7A3A
—
52PP7ACA
less operating 1NO - 1NC
head
red
1NO - 1NC
52PP7VZU
green
1NO - 1NC
52PP7V3U
yellow
chrome
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP7V4U
—
1
1
3 Position Push Pull, Push Maintained, Pull Momentary
Non-Illuminated
(Pull to start, push to stop) 1)
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
2 1/2" (63.5 mm) mushroom head
Color options2): black
blue
grey
orange
1) Blocks cannot be interchanged (start-stop circuit).
2) To order a color option, replace the 7th digit of the order number.
9/45
Siemens ICP · 2011
52PP7V2U
1
5
6
8
1
1
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 46 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Push pull complete units
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
2 Position push-pull
illuminated
Color of
actuator
Contact
blocks
Order no.
Order no.
Pack
Plastic Head
Metal Head
Unit
2
2 Position Push Pull, Maintained
Illuminated, Integrated LED Module
24 V AC/DC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP2LRA
52PP2LSA
52PP2LTA
52PP2L2A
52PP2L3A
52PP2L9A
1
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP2MRA
52PP2MSA
52PP2MTA
52PP2M2A
52PP2M3A
52PP2M9A
1
240 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP2NRA
52PP2NSA
52PP2NTA
52PP2N2A
52PP2N3A
52PP2N9A
1
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52PP2DZA
—
1
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP2DRA
52PP2DSA
—
52PP2D2A
52PP2D3A
52PP2D9A
—
3
4
5
2 Position Push Pull, Maintained
Illuminated, Full Voltage1)
24 V AC/DC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 24 V 757 type lamp or 24 V LED
6
7
2 Position Push Pull, Maintained
Illuminated, Transformer1)
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52PP2GZA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP2GRA
52PP2GSA
52PP2GTA
52PP2G2A
52PP2G3A
52PP2G9A
240 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52PP2HZA
—
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP2HRA
52PP2HSA
52PP2HTA
52PP2H2A
52PP2H3A
52PP2H9A
480 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52PP2JZA
—
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP2JRA
52PP2JSA
52PP2JTA
52PP2J2A
52PP2J3A
52PP2J9A
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52PP2KZA
—
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP2KRA
52PP2KSA
52PP2KTA
52PP2K2A
52PP2K3A
52PP2K9A
Color options2): black
blue
grey
1
8
1
1
9
10
11
1
12
5
A
B
13
14
15
1) LED option available. For single LED, append B to the end of the order
number. For a cluster LED, append Y to the end of the order number.
Single LEDs available for all colors, while cluster LEDs are available for
red, green and amber only. LED color and lens color must match.
Example: Single LED: 52PP2HRAB Cluster LED: 52PP2HRAY
2) To order a color option, replace the 7th digit of the order number.
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/46
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 47 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Push pull complete units
Selection and ordering data
Version
3 Position push-pull
illuminated
Color of
actuator
Contact
blocks
Order no.
Order no.
Pack
Plastic Head
Metal Head
Unit
3 Position Push Pull, Momentary
Illuminated, Integrated LED Module
24 V AC/DC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP3LRU
52PP3LSU
52PP3LTU
52PP3L2U
52PP3L3U
52PP3L9U
1
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP3MRU
52PP3MSU
52PP3MTU
52PP3M2U
52PP3M3U
52PP3M9U
1
240 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP3NRU
52PP3NSU
52PP3NTU
52PP3N2U
52PP3N3U
52PP3N9U
1
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52PP3DZU
52PP3DZU
1
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP3DRU
52PP3DSU
52PP3DTU
52PP3D2U
52PP3D3U
52PP3D9U
1NO - 1NC
52PP3GZU
52PP3GZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP3GRU
52PP3GSU
52PP3GTU
52PP3G2U
52PP3G3U
52PP3G9U
1NO - 1NC
52PP3HZU
52PP3HZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP3HRU
52PP3HSU
52PP3HTU
52PP3H2U
52PP3H3U
52PP3H9U
1NO - 1NC
52PP3JZU
52PP3JZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP3JRU
52PP3JSU
52PP3JTU
52PP3J2U
52PP3J3U
52PP3J9U
1NO - 1NC
52PP3KZU
52PP3KZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP3KRU
52PP3KSU
52PP3KTU
52PP3K2U
52PP3K3U
52PP3K9U
3 Position Push Pull, Momentary
Illuminated, Full Voltage1)
(Pull to start, push to stop)2)
24 V AC/DC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 24 V 757 type lamp or 24 V LED
3 Position Push Pull, Momentary
Illuminated, Transformer1)
(Pull to start, push to stop)2)
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
240 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
480 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
Color options3): blue
clear
white
1) LED option available. For single LED, append B to the end of the order
number. For a cluster LED, append Y to the end of the order number.
Single LEDs available for all colors, while cluster LEDs are available for
red, green and amber only. LED color and lens color must match.
Example: Single LED: 52PP3G2UB Cluster LED: 52PP3G2UY
9/47
Siemens ICP · 2011
5
A
B
2) Blocks cannot be interchanged (start-stop circuit).
3) To order a color option, replace the 7th digit of the order number.
1
1
1
1
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 48 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Push pull complete units
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
3 Position push-pull
illuminated
Color of
actuator
Contact
blocks
Order no.
Order no.
Pack
Plastic Head
Metal Head
Unit
3 Position Push Pull, Push Maintained,
Pull Momentary Illuminated, Integrated
LED Module
(Pull to start, push to stop)2)
24 V AC/DC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP7LRU
52PP7LSU
52PP7LTU
52PP7L2U
52PP7L3U
52PP7L9U
1
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP7MRU
52PP7MSU
52PP7MTU
52PP7M2U
52PP7M3U
52PP7M9U
1
240 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP7NRU
52PP7NSU
52PP7NTU
52PP7N2U
52PP7N3U
52PP7N9U
1
3 Position Push Pull, Momentary Push
Maintained, Pull Momentary Illuminated,
Full Voltage1)
(Pull to start, push to stop)2)
24 V AC/DC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 24 V 757 type lamp or 24 V LED
3
4
5
6
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52PP7DZU
52PP7DZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP7DRU
52PP7DSU
52PP7DTU
52PP7D2U
52PP7D3U
52PP7D9U
1
7
3 Position Push Pull, Momentary Push
Maintained, Pull Momentary
Illuminated, Transformer1)
(Pull to start, push to stop)2)
8
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
240 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
480 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
2
less operating head
red
green
amber
Color options3): blue
clear
white
1NO - 1NC
52PP7GZU
52PP7GZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP7GRU
52PP7GSU
52PP7GTU
52PP7G2U
52PP7G3U
52PP7G9U
1NO - 1NC
52PP7HZU
52PP7HZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP7HRU
52PP7HSU
52PP7HTU
52PP7H2U
52PP7H3U
52PP7H9U
1NO - 1NC
52PP7JZU
52PP7JZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP7JRU
52PP7JSU
52PP7JTU
52PP7J2U
52PP7J3U
52PP7J9U
1NO - 1NC
52PP7KZU
52PP7KZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PP7KRU
52PP7KSU
52PP7KTU
52PP7K2U
52PP7K3U
52PP7K9U
1
9
1
1
10
11
12
1
13
5
A
B
14
15
1) LED option available. For single LED, append B to the end of the order
number. For a cluster LED, append Y to the end of the order number.
Single LEDs available for all colors, while cluster LEDs are available for
red, green and amber only. LED color and lens color must match.
Example: Single LED: 52PP7JTUB Cluster LED: 52PP7JTUY
2) Blocks cannot be interchanged (start-stop circuit).
3) To order a color option, replace the 7th digit of the order number.
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/48
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 49 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Twist-to-release complete units
Selection and ordering data
Version
Color of
actuator
Contact
blocks
Order no.
Pack
Plastic Head
Unit
2 Position twist-to-release 2 Position Twist-To-Release, Maintained
Non-Illuminated
non-illuminated
less operating head
red
green
yellow
1NO - 1NC
52PR8WZA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PR8W2A
52PR8W3A
52PR8W9A
24 V AC/DC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PR8LRA
52PR8LSA
52PR8LTA
1
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PR8MRA
52PR8MSA
52PR8MTA
1
240 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PR8NRA
52PR8NSA
52PR8NTA
1
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52PR8DZA
1
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PR8DRA
52PR8DSA
52PR8DTA
1NO - 1NC
52PR8GZA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PR8GRA
52PR8GSA
52PR8GTA
1NO - 1NC
52PR8HZA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PR8HRA
52PR8HSA
52PR8HTA
1NO - 1NC
52PR8JZA
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
2 Position twist-to-release 2 Position Twist-To-Release, Maintained
Illuminated, Integrated LED Module
illuminated
1
2 Position Twist-To-Release, Maintained
Illuminated, Full Voltage1)
24 V AC/DC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 24 V 757 type lamp or 24 V LED
2 Position Twist-To-Release, Maintained
Illuminated, Transformer1)
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
240 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
480 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PR8JRA
52PR8JSA
52PR8JTA
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operat- 1NO - 1NC
ing head
red
1NO - 1NC
green
1NO - 1NC
52PR8KZA
1) LED option available. For single LED, append B to the end of the order
number. For a cluster LED, append Y to the end of the order number. LED
color and lens color must match.
Example: Single LED: 52PR8GSAB Cluster LED: 52PP8GSAY
9/49
Siemens ICP · 2011
52PR8KRA
52PR8KSA
1
1
1
1
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 50 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Indicator lights
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
Color of
actuator
Contact
blocks
Order no.
Order no.
Plastic Lens
Glass Lens
Pack
2
Unit
Pilot light
Indicator Light
Integrated LED Module
24V AC/DC
red
green
amber
52PL4L2
52PL4L3
52PL4L9
52PL5L2
52PL5L3
52PL5L9
1
120V AC
red
green
amber
52PL4M2
52PL4M3
52PL4M9
52PL5M2
52PL5M3
52PL5M9
1
240V AC
red
green
amber
52PL4N2
52PL4N3
52PL4N9
52PL5N2
52PL5N3
52PL5N9
1
less operating head
red
green
amber
52PL4DN
52PL5DN
1
52PL4D2
52PL4D3
52PL4D9
52PL5D2
52PL5D3
52PL5D9
less operating head
red
green
amber
52PL4GN
52PL5GN
52PL4G2
52PL4G3
52PL4G9
52PL5G2
52PL5G3
52PL5G9
less operating head
red
green
amber
52PL4HN
52PL5HN
52PL4H2
52PL4H3
52PL4H9
52PL5H2
52PL5H3
52PL5H9
less operating head
red
green
amber
52PL4JN
52PL5JN
52PL4J2
52PL4J3
52PL4J9
52PL5J2
52PL5J3
52PL5J9
less operating head
red
green
amber
52PL4KN
52PL5KN
52PL4K2
52PL4K3
52PL4K9
52PL5K2
52PL5K3
52PL5K9
5
A
B
5
A
B
Indicator Light
Full Voltage1)
24V AC/DC
with 24V 757 type lamp or 24V LED
3
4
5
6
7
Indicator Light
Transformer1)
120V AC
with 6V 755 type lamp or 6V LED
240V AC
with 6V 755 type lamp or 6V LED
480V AC
with6V 755 type lamp or 6V LED
120V AC
with 6V 755 type lamp or 6V LED
Color code table2): blue
clear
white
1
1
8
9
10
1
11
1
12
13
14
15
1) LED option available. For single LED, append XB to the end of the order
number. For a cluster LED, append XY to the end of the order number.
Single LEDs available for all colors, while cluster LEDs are available for
red, green and amber only. LED color and lens color must match.
Example: Single LED: 52PL5G3XB Cluster LED: 52PL5G3XY
2) To order a color option, replace the last digit of the order number.
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/50
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 51 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Push-to-test complete units
Selection and ordering data
Version
Color of actuator
Contact blocks
Order no.
Pack
Plastic Lens
Unit
Push to test
Illuminated pushbutton / Push to test
Integrated LED Module
24V AC/DC
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PT6L2A
52PT6L3A
52PT6L9A
1
120V AC
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PT6M2A
52PT6M3A
52PT6M9A
1
240V AC
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PT6N2A
52PT6N3A
52PT6N9A
1
less operating
head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52PT6DNA
1
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PT6D2A
52PT6D3A
52PT6D9A
Illuminated pushbutton / Push to test
Full Voltage1)
24V AC/DC
with 24V 757 type lamp or 24V LED
Illuminated pushbutton / Push to test
Transformer1)
120V AC
with 6V 755 type lamp or 6V LED
240V AC
with 6V 755 type lamp or 6V LED
480V AC
with6V 755 type lamp or 6V LED
120V AC
with 6V 755 type lamp or 6V LED
less operating
head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52PT6GNA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PT6G2A
52PT6G3A
52PT6G9A
less operating
head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52PT6HNA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PT6H2A
52PT6H3A
52PT6H9A
less operating
head
red
1NO - 1NC
52PT6JNA
1NO - 1NC
52PT6J2A
green
1NO - 1NC
52PT6J3A
amber
1NO - 1NC
52PT6J9A
less operating
head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52PT6KNA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52PT6K2A
52PT6K3A
52PT6K9A
Color code table2): blue
clear
white
5
A
B
Wiring Diagrams
Illuminated Push Button
1) LED option available. For single LED, append B to the end of the order
number. For a cluster LED, append Y to the end of the order number.
Single LEDs available for all colors, while cluster LEDs are available for
red, green and amber only. LED color and lens color must match.
Example: Single LED: 52PT6D3AB Cluster LED: 52PT6D3AY
9/51
Siemens ICP · 2011
Push to Test
2) To order a color option, replace the 7th digit of the order number.
1
1
1
1
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 52 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Complete selector switch units
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
Lever type
Contact
blocks
Cam1) Order no.
Pack
2
unit
Selector Switches with 2 switching positions
Maintained operation
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
1NO
1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO
1NC
1NO + NC
A
A
A
A
A
A
52SA2AABK1
52SA2AABJ1
52SA2AABA1
52SB2AABK1
52SB2AABJ1
52SB2AABA1
1
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
1NO
1NC
1NO + 1NC
1NO
1NC
1NO + 1NC
A
A
A
A
A
A
52SA2ACBK1
52SA2ACBJ1
52SA2ACBA1
52SB2ACBK1
52SB2ACBJ1
52SB2ACBA1
1
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
1NO + 1NC
2NC + 1NO
2NO + 2NC
1NO + 1NC
2NC + 1NO
2NO + 2NC
C
G
C
C
G
C
52SA2CABA1
52SA2GABJ2K1
52SA2CABA2
52SB2CABA1
52SB2GABJ2K1
52SB2CABA2
1
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
1NO + 1NC
2NC + 1NO
2NO + 2NC
1NO + 1NC
2NC + 1NO
2NO + 2NC
C
G
C
C
G
C
52SA2CCBA1
52SA2GCBJ2K1
52SA2CCBA2
52SB2CCBA1
52SB2GCBJ2K1
52SB2CCBA2
1
Spring return from right & left operation Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
1NO + 1NC
2NC + 1NO
2NO + 2NC
1NO + 1NC
2NC + 1NO
2NO + 2NC
C
G
C
C
G
C
52SA2CDBA1
52SA2GDBJ2K1
52SA2CDBA2
52SB2CDBA1
52SB2GDBJ2K1
52SB2CDBA2
1
Key-operated selector switches, 2 switching positions
Maintained operation
Key removable in left positions 1NO
Key removable in left positions 1NC
Key removable in left positions 1NO + 1NC
A
A
A
52SC6AFK1
52SC6AFJ1
52SC6AFA1
1
Short lever assembled
selector switch
Spring return from right operation
4
5
Selector Switches with 3 switching positions
Maintained operation
Long lever assembled
selector switch
Spring return from right
Assembled keyed
selector switch
Key removable in all positions 1NO
Key removable in all positions 1NC
Key removable in all positions 1NO + 1NC
Spring return from right operation
52SC6AEK1
52SC6AFJ1
52SC6AEA1
1
Key-operated selector switches, 3 switching positions
Maintained operation
Key removable in all positions 1NC + 1NO
Key removable in all positions 2NC + 1NO
Key removable in all positions 2NO + 2NC
C
G
C
52SC6CEA1
52SC6GEJ2K1
52SC6CEA2
1
C
G
C
52SC6CZA1
52SC6GZJ2K1
52SC6CZA2
1
52SC6CYA1
52SC6GYJ2K1
52SC6CVA2
1
52SC6CVA1
52SC6GVJ2K1
52SC6CVA2
1
Key removable in all positions 1NO + 1NO
Key removable in all positions 2NC + 1NO
Key removable in all positions 2NO + 2NC
Spring return from right & left operation Key removable in all positions 1NO + 1NC
Key removable in all positions 2NC + 1NO
Key removable in all positions 2NO + 2NC
C
G
C
9
11
12
52SC6AXK1
52SC6AXJ1
52SC6AXA1
Spring return from left operation
8
10
A
A
A
Key removable in all positions 1NO + 1NC
Key removable in all positions 2NC + 1NO
Key removable in all positions 2NO + 2NC
6
7
Key removable in left positions 1NO
Key removable in left positions 1NC
Key removable in left positions 1NO + 1NC
Spring return from right operation
3
13
14
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/52
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 53 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Pushbutton operators
Selection and ordering data
Version
Color of actuator
Order no.
Pushbutton with flush cap
black
red
green
yellow
52PA8A1
52PA8A2
52PA8A3
52PA8A4
blue
gray
orange
less cap
kit with all colors
52PA8A5
52PA8A6
52PA8A8
52PA8
52PA8AN
b l a ck
red
green
yellow
52PA8B1
52PA8B2
52PA8B3
52PA8B4
blue
gray
orange
less cap
kit with all colors
52PA8B5
52PA8B6
52PA8B8
52PA8
52PA8BN
black
red
green
yellow
52PB9D1
52PB9D2
52PB9D3
52PB9D4
blue
gray
orange
less cap
kit with all colors
52PB9D5
52PB9D6
52PB9D8
52PB9
52PB9DN
black
red
green
yellow
52PB9E1
52PB9E2
blue
gray
orange
less cap
less cap with lens kit
52PB9E5
52PB9E6
52PB9E8
52PB9
52PB9EN
Metal Mushroom Head, 1 3/4" (44.5 mm)
red
green
chrome
52PP2A2
52PP2A3
52PP2AC
1
Small Plastic Mushroom Head, 1 3/4" (44.5 mm)
black
red
green
52PP2W1
52PP2W2
52PP2W3
1
Large Plastic Mushroom Head, 2 1/2" (63.5 mm)
black
red
green
52PP2V1
52PP2V2
52PP2V3
1
55PR82W2
55PR82W3
55PR82WG
1
Flush pushbutton operator
Pushbutton with extended cap
Pushbutton with mushroom cap
1 5/8" (41.3mm)
Pushbutton with mushroom cap
2 1/2" (63.5mm)
Pack
Unit
1
1
1
1
52PB9E3
52PB9E4
2 position push pull operator
2 position push pull maintained, non illuminated
2 position twist to release, maintained, non illuminated
Small Plastic Mushroom Head, 1 3/4" (44.5 mm)
threaded on
9/53
Siemens ICP · 2011
red
green
chrome
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 54 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Selector switch operators
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
Lever type
Input Order no.
Color of Cam
lever
Code 2) Voltage
insert
Pack
unit
2
Selector Switches with 2 switching positions
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
Maintained operation
Spring return from right operation
Illuminated, short lever 1)
with full voltage 24V, 755 type lamp
Illuminated, short lever 1)
with 50/60 Hz transformer 6V,
755 type lamp
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
White
White
A
A
52SA2AAB
52SB2AAB
1
A
24V
52SA7ADN
1
A
A
120V
240V
52SA7AGN
52SA7AHN
1
White
White
A
A
52SA2ACB
52SB2ACB
1
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
B
B
C 3)
C 3)
D
D
E
E
G
G
52SA2BAB
52SB2BAB
52SA2CAB
52SB2CAB
52SA2DAB
52SB2DAB
52SA2EAB
52SB2EAB
52SA2GAB
52SB2GAB
1
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
6
7
Illuminated, short lever 1)
with full voltage 24V, 755 type lamp
B
C 3)
24V
24V
52SA7BDN
52SA7CDN
1
Illuminated, short lever 1)
with 50/60 Hz transformer 6V,
755 type lamp
B
C 3)
B
C 3)
120V
120V
240V
240V
52SA7BGN
52SA7CGN
52SA7BHN
52SA7CHN
1
8
9
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
B
B
C 3)
C 3)
D
D
E
E
G
G
52SA2BCB
52SB2BCB
52SA2CCB
52SB2CCB
52SA2DCB
52SB2DCB
52SA2ECB
52SB2ECB
52SA2GCB
52SB2GCB
1
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
B
B
C 3)
C 3)
D
D
E
E
G
G
52SA2BBB
52SB2BBB
52SA2CBB
52SB2CBB
52SA2DBB
52SB2DBB
52SA2EBB
52SB2EBB
52SA2GBB
52SB2GBB
1
Spring return from left and right operation Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
White
B
B
C 3)
C 3)
D
D
E
E
G
G
52SA2BDB
52SB2BDB
52SA2CDB
52SB2CDB
52SA2DDB
52SB2DDB
52SA2EDB
52SB2EDB
52SA2GDB
52SB2GDB
1
White
White
H
H
52SA2HAB
52SB2HAB
1
Spring return from right operation
Spring return from left operation
10
11
12
13
14
15
Selector Switches with 4 switching positions
Maintained operation
1) Illuminated selector switches are provided
without lenses. Lens kit must be ordered separately
4
5
Selector Switches with 3 switching positions
Maintained operation
3
Non-Illuminated, short lever
Non-Illuminated, long lever
2) For contact operation, see cam selelction chart
3) The C cam is limited to 4 contact blocks, 1 or 2
pole.
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/54
16
17
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 55 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Selector switch operators
Selection and ordering data
Version
Color of
Cam
Order no.
lever insert Code 1)
Pack
Unit
Selector Pushbutton Operators
NEMA 12/13 only 2 position ...................................................................... Black
Flush type cap
Black
Black
P
Q
R
52SA3P1
52SA3Q1
52SA3R1
1
P
Q
R
52SA3P2
52SA3Q2
52SA3R2
1
3 position ...................................................................... Black
Red
S
S
52SA3S1
52SA3S2
1
1/2" raised type cap 2 position ................................................................. Black
Black
Black
P
Q
R
52SA4P1
52SA4Q1
52SA4R1
1
P
Q
R
52SA4P2
52SA4Q2
52SA4R2
1
S
S
52SA4S1
52SA4S2
1
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
3 position ...................................................................... Black
Red
1) For contact operation, see cam selection chart
9/55
Siemens ICP · 2011
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 56 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Selector switch operators
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
Key removal
position
Lock No.
Cam
Order no.
Code 1)
Pack
unit
Key-operated selector Switches with 2 switching positions
Maintained operation
Both
501CH
Left
501CH
A
A
1
52SC6AE
52SC6AF
Key-operated selector Switches with 3 switching positions
Maintained operation
All
501CH
1
B
52SC6BE
C 2)
52SC6CE
D
52SC6DE
E
52SC6EE
G
52SC6GE
Left
501CH
1
B
52SC6BF
2
C )
52SC6CF
D
52SC6DF
E
52SC6EF
G
52SC6GF
1
Right
501CH
B
52SC6BG
2
C )
52SC6CG
D
52SC6DG
E
52SC6EG
G
52SC6GG
1
Center
501CH
B
52SC6BH
C 2)
52SC6CH
D
52SC6DH
E
52SC6EH
G
52SC6GH
1
Left and right
501CH
B
52SC6BJ
C 2)
52SC6CJ
D
52SC6DJ
E
52SC6EJ
G
52SC6GJ
Left and center
501CH
1
B
52SC6BK
C 2)
52SC6CK
D
52SC6DK
E
52SC6EK
G
52SC6GK
Right and center 501CH
1
B
52SC6BM
C 2)
52SC6CM
D
52SC6DM
E
52SC6EM
G
52SC6GM
B
52SC6BU
1
Spring return from right operation
Center
501CH
C 2)
52SC6CU
D
52SC6DU
E
52SC6EU
G
52SC6GU
Left and center
501CH
1
B
52SC6BZ
C 2)
52SC6CZ
D
52SC6DZ
E
52SC6EZ
G
52SC6GZ
B
52SC6BT
1
Spring return from left operation
Center
501CH
C 2)
52SC6CT
D
52SC6DT
E
52SC6ET
G
52SC6GT
1
Right
501CH
B
52SC6BW
C 2)
52SC6CW
D
52SC6DW
E
52SC6EW
G
52SC6GW
Center and right 501CH
1
B
52SC6BY
C 2)
52SC6CY
D
52SC6DY
E
52SC6EY
G
52SC6GY
B
52SC6BV
1
Spring return from left and right operation Center
501CH
C 2)
52SC6CV
D
52SC6DV
E
52SC6EV
G
52SC6GV
.............................................................................................. 5
Lock types keyed different from standard - up to 25 different keys
1
To order special locks for keyed selector switches, append
#550CH
X298
#549CH
corresponding 'X' suffix to part number. (Same list price as standard key)
X299
#548CH
X300
Ordering example
#547CH
X301
52SC6AEX298
#506CH
X302
1) For contact operation, see cam selection chart on page 10/151.
2) C cam limited to 4 single or double pole blocks on spring return operators
Siemens ICP · 2011
2
9/56
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 57 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Special devices
Selection and ordering data
Version
Ohms / color
Order no.
Potentiometer operator
2 Watts (Type 12/3 only)
50
250
500
1K
2.5 K
5K
10 K
15 K
25 K
100 K
500 K
2M
5M
52MA3B01
52MA3B04
52MA3B06
52MA3B08
52MA3B10
52MA3B12
52MA3B14
52MA3B15
52MA3B16
52MA3B20
52MA3B24
52MA3B28
52MA3B31
2 Button maintained operator
Button remains depressed when pushed
Black/red
less caps
52MA2A1A2
52MA2
1
52ABW22)
52ABW32)
52ABW62)
1
52ABT
1
52MA4G2
52MA4G3
52MA4GN
1
Wobble stick 2.5" operator
For use with 52BAJ (NC) contact block
Maintained toggle operator
Pack
Unit
1
Compact pilot lights - 11/16" mounting hole1)
Transformer type - 120V with 6V 755 type lamp
1) 11/16" mounting hole required
2) For use with 52BAJ (NC) contact block
9/57
Siemens ICP · 2011
red
green
less lens
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 58 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Black Max Corrosion Resistant
Complete units
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
Pushbutton unit with
assembled contact blocks
Color of
actuator
Contact
blocks
Flush cap
order no.1)
Extended cap
order no.1)
Mushroom
head order no.
1K
2K
3K
4K
Pack
2
Unit
1
black
red
green
yellow
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
52PX8A1K
52PX8A2K
52PX8A3K
52PX8A4K
52PX8B1K
52PX8B2K
52PX8B3K
52PX8B4K
52PX9
52PX9
52PX9
52PX9
blue
gray
orange
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
52PX8A5K
52PX8A6K
52PX8A8K
52PX8B5K
52PX8B6K
52PX8B8K
52PX9 5K
52PX9 6K
52PX9 8K
1
black
red
green
yellow
1 NC
1 NC
1 NC
1 NC
52PX8A1J
52PX8A2J
52PX8A3J
52PX8A4J
52PX8B1J
52PX8B2J
52PX8B3J
52PX8B4J
52PX9
52PX9
52PX9
52PX9
1J
2J
3J
4J
1
blue
gray
orange
1 NC
1 NC
1 NC
52PX8A5J
52PX8A6J
52PX8A8J
52PX8B5J
52PX8B6J
52PX8B8J
52PX9 5J
52PX9 6J
52PX9 8J
1
black
red
green
yellow
1 NO + 1 NC
1 NO + 1 NC
1 NO + 1 NC
1 NO + 1 NC
52PX8A1A
52PX8A2A
52PX8A3A
52PX8A4A
52PX8B1A
52PX8B2A
52PX8B3A
52PX8B4A
52PX9
52PX9
52PX9
52PX9
1A
2A
3A
4A
1
blue
gray
orange
1 NO + 1 NC 52PX8A5A
1 NO + 1 NC 52PX8A6A
1 NO + 1 NC 52PX8A8A
52PX8B5A
52PX8B6A
52PX8B8B
52PX9 5A
52PX9 6A
52PX9 8A
1
black
red
green
yellow
2 NO
2 NO
2 NO
2 NO
52PX8A1F
52PX8A2F
52PX8A3F
52PX8A4F
52PX8B1F
52PX8B2F
52PX8B3F
52PX8B4F
52PX9
52PX9
52PX9
52PX9
1F
2F
3F
4F
1
8
blue
gray
orange
2 NO
2 NO
2 NO
52PX8A5F
52PX8A6F
52PX8A8F
52PX8B5F
52PX8B6F
52PX8B8F
52PX9 5F
52PX9 6F
52PX9 8F
1
9
black
red
green
yellow
2 NC
2 NC
2 NC
2 NC
52PX8A1G
52PX8A2G
52PX8A3G
52PX8A4G
52PX8B1G
52PX8B2G
52PX8B3G
52PX8B4G
52PX9
52PX9
52PX9
52PX9
1G
2G
3G
4G
1
10
blue
gray
orange
2 NC
2 NC
2 NC
52PX8A5G
52PX8A6G
52PX8A8G
52PX8B5G
52PX8B6G
52PX8B8G
52PX9 5G
52PX9 6G
52PX9 8G
1
11
black
red
green
yellow
2 NO + 2 NC
2 NO + 2 NC
2 NO + 2 NC
2 NO + 2 NC
52PX8A1B
52PX8A2B
52PX8A3B
52PX8A4B
52PX8B1B
52PX8B2B
52PX8B3B
52PX8B4B
52PX9
52PX9
52PX9
52PX9
1B
2B
3B
4B
1
blue
gray
orange
2 NO + 2 NC 52PX8A5B
2 NO + 2 NC 52PX8A6B
2 NO + 2 NC 52PX8A8B
52PX8B5B
52PX8B6B
52PX8B8B
52PX9 5B
52PX9 6B
52PX9 8B
1
3
Flush assembled pushbutton
Extended assembled pushbutton
Mushroom head assembled pushbutton
Order no. change
Small operating head - 15/8" (41.3 mm)
Large operating head - 2.5" (63.5 mm)
4
5
6
7
D
E
12
13
14
1) For other block assemblies, replace the 8th characeter of the catalog number:
C = 3NO+3NC
D = 4NO+4NC
E = 1NC (early break)
H = 1NO (early make)
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/58
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 59 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Black Max Corrosion Resistant
Push pull complete units
Selection and ordering data
Version
2 Position push-pull
non-illuminated
Color of
actuator
Order no.
Order no.
Pack
Plastic Head
Metal Head
Unit
1NO - 1NC
52BP2WZA
52BP2AZA
1
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP2W2A
52BP2W3A
52BP2W4A
—
52BP2A2A
52BP2A3A
—
52BP2ACA
1NO - 1NC
52BP2VZA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP2V2A
52BP2V3A
52BP2V4A
—
1NO - 1NC
52BP3WZU
52BP3AZA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP3W2U
52BP3W3U
52BP3W4U
—
52BP3A2A
52BP3A3A
—
52BP3ACA
2 Position Push Pull, Maintained
Non-Illuminated
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
2 1/2" (63.5 mm) mushroom head
3 Position push-pull
non-illuminated
Contact
blocks
less operating
head
red
green
yellow
chrome
less operating
head
red
green
yellow
chrome
1
3 Position Push Pull, Momentary
Non-Illuminated
(Pull to start, push to stop) 1)
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
2 1/2" (63.5 mm) mushroom head
less operating
head
red
green
yellow
chrome
less operating
head
red
green
yellow
chrome
1NO - 1NC
52BP3VZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP3V2U
52BP3V3U
52BP3V4U
—
less operating
head
red
green
yellow
chrome
1NO - 1NC
52BP7WZU
52BP7AZA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP7W2U
52BP7W3U
52BP7W4U
—
52BP7A2A
52BP7A3A
—
52BP7ACA
less operating 1NO - 1NC
head
red
1NO - 1NC
52BP7VZU
green
1NO - 1NC
52BP7V3U
yellow
chrome
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP7V4U
—
1
1
3 Position Push Pull, Push Maintained, Pull Momentary
Non-Illuminated
(Pull to start, push to stop) 1)
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
2 1/2" (63.5 mm) mushroom head
Color options2): black
blue
grey
orange
1) Blocks cannot be interchanged (start-stop circuit).
2) To order a color option, replace the 7th digit of the order number.
9/59
Siemens ICP · 2011
52BP7V2U
1
5
6
8
1
1
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 60 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Black Max Corrosion Resistant
Push pull complete units
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
2 Position push-pull
illuminated
Color of
actuator
Contact
blocks
Order no.
Order no.
Pack
Plastic Head
Metal Head
Unit
2
2 Position Push Pull, Maintained
Illuminated, Integrated LED Module
24 V AC/DC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP2LRA
52BP2LSA
52BP2LTA
52BP2L2A
52BP2L3A
52BP2L9A
1
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP2MRA
52BP2MSA
52BP2MTA
52BP2M2A
52BP2M3A
52BP2M9A
1
240 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP2NRA
52BP2NSA
52BP2NTA
52BP2N2A
52BP2N3A
52BP2N9A
1
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52BP2DZA
—
1
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP2DRA
52BP2DSA
—
52BP2D2A
52BP2D3A
52BP2D9A
3
4
5
2 Position Push Pull, Maintained
Illuminated, Full Voltage1)
24 V AC/DC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 24 V 757 type lamp or 24 V LED
6
7
2 Position Push Pull, Maintained
Illuminated, Transformer1)
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
240 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
480 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
Color options2): black
blue
grey
1NO - 1NC
52BP2GZA
—
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP2GRA
52BP2GSA
52BP2GTA
52BP2G2A
52BP2G3A
52BP2G9A
1NO - 1NC
52BP2HZA
—
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP2HRA
52BP2HSA
52BP2HTA
52BP2H2A
52BP2H3A
52BP2H9A
1NO - 1NC
52BP2JZA
—
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP2JRA
52BP2JSA
52BP2JTA
52BP2J2A
52BP2J3A
52BP2J9A
1NO - 1NC
52BP2KZA
—
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP2KRA
52BP2KSA
52BP2KTA
52BP2K2A
52BP2K3A
52BP2K9A
1
8
1
1
9
10
11
1
12
5
A
B
13
14
15
1) LED option available. For single LED, append B to the end of the order
number. For a cluster LED, append Y to the end of the order number.
Single LEDs available for all colors, while cluster LEDs are available for
red, green and amber only. LED color and lens color must match.
Example: Single LED: 52PP2HRAB Cluster LED: 52PP2HRAY
2) To order a color option, replace the 7th digit of the order number.
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/60
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 61 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Black Max Corrosion Resistant
Push pull complete units
Selection and ordering data
Version
3 Position push-pull
illuminated
Color of
actuator
Contact
blocks
Order no.
Order no.
Pack
Plastic Head
Metal Head
Unit
3 Position Push Pull, Momentary
Illuminated, Integrated LED Module
24 V AC/DC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP3LRU
52BP3LSU
52BP3LTU
52BP3L2U
52BP3L3U
52BP3L9U
1
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP3MRU
52BP3MSU
52BP3MTU
52BP3M2U
52BP3M3U
52BP3M9U
1
240 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP3NRU
52BP3NSU
52BP3NTU
52BP3N2U
52BP3N3U
52BP3N9U
1
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52BP3DZU
52BP3DZU
1
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP3DRU
52BP3DSU
52BP3DTU
52BP3D2U
52BP3D3U
52BP3D9U
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52BP3GZU
52BP3GZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP3GRU
52BP3GSU
52BP3GTU
52BP3G2U
52BP3G3U
52BP3G9U
240 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52BP3HZU
52BP3HZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP3HRU
52BP3HSU
52BP3HTU
52BP3H2U
52BP3H3U
52BP3H9U
480 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52BP3JZU
52BP3JZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP3JRU
52BP3JSU
52BP3JTU
52BP3J2U
52BP3J3U
52BP3J9U
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52BP3KZU
52BP3KZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP3KRU
52BP3KSU
52BP3KTU
52BP3K2U
52BP3K3U
52BP3K9U
3 Position Push Pull, Momentary
Illuminated, Full Voltage1)
(Pull to start, push to stop)2)
24 V AC/DC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 24 V 757 type lamp or 24 V LED
3 Position Push Pull, Momentary
Illuminated, Transformer1)
(Pull to start, push to stop)2)
Color options3): blue
clear
white
1) LED option available. For single LED, append B to the end of the order
number. For a cluster LED, append Y to the end of the order number.
Single LEDs available for all colors, while cluster LEDs are available for
red, green and amber only. LED color and lens color must match.
Example: Single LED: 52PP3G2UB Cluster LED: 52PP3G2UY
9/61
Siemens ICP · 2011
5
A
B
2) Blocks cannot be interchanged (start-stop circuit).
3) To order a color option, replace the 7th digit of the order number.
1
1
1
1
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 62 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Black Max Corrosion Resistant
Push pull complete units
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
3 Position push-pull
illuminated
Color of
actuator
Contact
blocks
Order no.
Order no.
Pack
Plastic Head
Metal Head
Unit
2
3
3 Position Push Pull, Push Maintained,
Pull Momentary
Illuminated, Integrated LED Module
(Pull to start, push to stop)2)
24 V AC/DC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP7LRU
52BP7LSU
52BP7LTU
52BP7L2U
52BP7L3U
52BP7L9U
1
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP7MRU
52BP7MSU
52BP7MTU
52BP7M2U
52BP7M3U
52BP7M9U
1
240 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP7NRU
52BP7NSU
52BP7NTU
52BP7N2U
52BP7N3U
52BP7N9U
1
3 Position Push Pull, Momentary Push
Maintained, Pull Momentary
Illuminated, Full Voltage1)
(Pull to start, push to stop)2)
24 V AC/DC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 24 V 757 type lamp or 24 V LED
5
6
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52BP7DZU
52BP7DZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP7DRU
52BP7DSU
52BP7DTU
52BP7D2U
52BP7D3U
52BP7D9U
1
7
3 Position Push Pull, Momentary Push
Maintained, Pull Momentary
Illuminated, Transformer1)
(Pull to start, push to stop)2)
8
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
240 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
480 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
4
less operating head
red
green
amber
Color options3): blue
clear
white
1NO - 1NC
52BP7GZU
52BP7GZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP7GRU
52BP7GSU
52BP7GTU
52BP7G2U
52BP7G3U
52BP7G9U
1NO - 1NC
52BP7HZU
52BP7HZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP7HRU
52BP7HSU
52BP7HTU
52BP7H2U
52BP7H3U
52BP7H9U
1NO - 1NC
52BP7JZU
52BP7JZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP7JRU
52BP7JSU
52BP7JTU
52BP7J2U
52BP7J3U
52BP7J9U
1NO - 1NC
52BP7KZU
52BP7KZU
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BP7KRU
52BP7KSU
52BP7KTU
52BP7K2U
52BP7K3U
52BP7K9U
1
9
1
1
10
11
12
1
13
5
A
B
14
15
1) LED option available. For single LED, append B to the end of the order
number. For a cluster LED, append Y to the end of the order number.
Single LEDs available for all colors, while cluster LEDs are available for
red, green and amber only. LED color and lens color must match.
Example: Single LED: 52PP7JTUB Cluster LED: 52PP7JTUY
2) Blocks cannot be interchanged (start-stop circuit).
3) To order a color option, replace the 7th digit of the order number.
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/62
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 63 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Black Max Corrosion Resistant
Twist-to-release complete units
Selection and ordering data
Version
Color of
actuator
Contact
blocks
Order no.
Pack
Plastic Head
Unit
2 Position twist-to-release 2 Position Twist-To-Release, Maintained
Non-Illuminated
non-illuminated
less operating head
red
green
yellow
1NO - 1NC
52BR8WZA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BR8W2A
52BR8W3A
52BR8W9A
24 V AC/DC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BR8LRA
52BR8LSA
52BR8LTA
1
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BR8MRA
52BR8MSA
52BR8MTA
1
240 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BR8NRA
52BR8NSA
52BR8NTA
1
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52BR8DZA
1
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BR8DRA
52BR8DSA
52BR8DTA
120 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52BR8GZA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BR8GRA
52BR8GSA
52BR8GTA
240 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52BR8HZA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BR8HRA
52BR8HSA
52BR8HTA
480 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operating head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52BR8JZA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BR8JRA
52BR8JSA
52BR8JTA
600 V AC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 6 V 755 type lamp or 6 V LED
less operat- 1NO - 1NC
ing head
red
1NO - 1NC
green
1NO - 1NC
52BR8KZA
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
2 Position twist-to-release 2 Position Twist-To-Release, Maintained
Illuminated, Integrated LED Module
illuminated
1
2 Position Twist-To-Release, Maintained
Illuminated, Full Voltage1)
24 V AC/DC
1 3/4" (44.5 mm) mushroom head
with 24 V 757 type lamp or 24 V LED
2 Position Twist-To-Release, Maintained
Illuminated, Transformer1)
1) LED option available. For single LED, append B to the end of the order
number. For a cluster LED, append Y to the end of the order number. LED
color and lens color must match.
Example: Single LED: 52PR8GSAB Cluster LED: 52PP8GSAY
9/63
Siemens ICP · 2011
52BR8KRA
52BR8KSA
1
1
1
1
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 64 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Black Max Corrosion Resistant
Indicator lights
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
Color of
actuator
Contact
blocks
Order no.
Order no.
Plastic Lens
Glass Lens
Pack
2
Unit
Pilot light
Indicator Light
Integrated LED Module
3
24V AC/DC
red
green
amber
52BL4L2
52BL4L3
52BL4L9
52BL5L2
52BL5L3
52BL5L9
1
120V AC
red
green
amber
52BL4M2
52BL4M3
52BL4M9
52BL5M2
52BL5M3
52BL5M9
1
240V AC
red
green
amber
52BL4N2
52BL4N3
52BL4N9
52BL5N2
52BL5N3
52BL5N9
1
less operating head
red
green
amber
52BL4DN
52BL5DN
1
52BL4D2
52BL4D3
52BL4D9
52BL5D2
52BL5D3
52BL5D9
less operating head
red
green
amber
52BL4GN
52BL5GN
52BL4G2
52BL4G3
52BL4G9
52BL5G2
52BL5G3
52BL5G9
less operating head
red
green
amber
52BL4HN
52BL5HN
52BL4H2
52BL4H3
52BL4H9
52BL5H2
52BL5H3
52BL5H9
less operating head
red
green
amber
52BL4JN
52BL5JN
52BL4J2
52BL4J3
52BL4J9
52BL5J2
52BL5J3
52BL5J9
less operating head
red
green
amber
52BL4KN
52BL5KN
52BL4K2
52BL4K3
52BL4K9
52BL5K2
52BL5K3
52BL5K9
12
5
A
B
5
A
B
13
Indicator Light
Full Voltage1)
24V AC/DC
with 24V 757 type lamp or 24V LED
4
5
6
7
Indicator Light
Transformer1)
120V AC
with 6V 755 type lamp or 6V LED
240V AC
with 6V 755 type lamp or 6V LED
480V AC
with6V 755 type lamp or 6V LED
120V AC
with 6V 755 type lamp or 6V LED
Color code table2): blue
clear
white
1
1
8
9
10
1
11
1
14
15
1) LED option available. For single LED, append XB to the end of the order
number. For a cluster LED, append XY to the end of the order number.
Single LEDs available for all colors, while cluster LEDs are available for
red, green and amber only. LED color and lens color must match.
Example: Single LED: 52PL5G3XB Cluster LED: 52PL5G3XY
2) To order a color option, replace the last digit of the order number.
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/64
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 65 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Black Max Corrosion Resistant
Push-to-test complete units
Selection and ordering data
Version
Color of actuator
Contact blocks
Order no.
Pack
Plastic Lens
Unit
Push to test
Illuminated pushbutton / Push to test
Integrated LED Module
24V AC/DC
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BT6L2A
52BT6L3A
52BT6L9A
1
120V AC
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BT6M2A
52BT6M3A
52BT6M9A
1
240V AC
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BT6N2A
52BT6N3A
52BT6N9A
1
less operating
head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52BT6DNA
1
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BT6D2A
52BT6D3A
52BT6D9A
less operating
head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52BT6GNA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BT6G2A
52BT6G3A
52BT6G9A
1NO - 1NC
52BT6HNA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BT6H2A
52BT6H3A
52BT6H9A
Illuminated pushbutton / Push to test
Full Voltage1)
24V AC/DC
with 24V 757 type lamp or 24V LED
Illuminated pushbutton / Push to test
Transformer1)
120V AC
with 6V 755 type lamp or 6V LED
240V AC
with 6V 755 type lamp or 6V LED
less operating
head
red
green
amber
480V AC
with6V 755 type lamp or 6V LED
120V AC
with 6V 755 type lamp or 6V LED
less operating
head
red
1NO - 1NC
52BT6JNA
1NO - 1NC
52BT6J2A
green
1NO - 1NC
52BT6J3A
amber
1NO - 1NC
52BT6J9A
less operating
head
red
green
amber
1NO - 1NC
52BT6KNA
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
1NO - 1NC
52BT6K2A
52BT6K3A
52BT6K9A
Color code table2): blue
clear
white
5
A
B
Wiring Diagrams
Illuminated Push Button
1) LED option available. For single LED, append B to the end of the order
number. For a cluster LED, append Y to the end of the order number.
Single LEDs available for all colors, while cluster LEDs are available for
red, green and amber only. LED color and lens color must match.
Example: Single LED: 52PT6D3AB Cluster LED: 52PT6D3AY
9/65
Siemens ICP · 2011
Push to Test
2) To order a color option, replace the 7th digit of the order number.
1
1
1
1
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 66 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Black Max Corrosion Resistant
Complete switch complete units
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
Lever type
Contact
blocks
Cam 1)
Order no.
Pack
2
unit
Selector Switches with 2 switching positions
Maintained operation
Short lever assembled
selector switch
Long lever assembled
selector switch
Spring return from right operation
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
1 NO
1 NC
1 NO + 1 NC
A
A
A
52SX2AABK1
52SX2AABJ1
52SX2AABA1
1
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
1 NO
1 NC
1 NO + 1NC
A
A
A
52SW2AABK1
52SW2AABJ1
52SW2AABA1
1
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
1 NO
1 NC
1 NO + 1 NC
52SX2ACBK1
52SX2ACBJ1
52SX2ACBA1
1
A
A
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
1 NO
1 NC
1 NO + 1NC
A
A
A
52SW2ACBK1
52SW2A CBJ1
52SW2ACBA1
1
6
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NC + 1 NO
2 NO + 2 NC
C
G
C
52SX2CABA1
52SX2GABJ2K1
52SX2CABA2
1
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NC + 1 NO
2 NO + 2 NC
C
G
C
52SW2CABA1
52SW2GABJ2K1
52SW2CABA2
1
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NC + 1 NO
2 NO + 2 NC
C
G
C
52SX2CCB A1
52SX2GCBJ2K1
52SX2CCBA2
1
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NC + 1 NO
2 NO + 2 NC
C
G
C
52SW2CCBA1
52SW2GCBJ2K1
52SW2CCBA2
1
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NC + 1 NO
2 NO + 2 NC
C
G
C
52SX2CBBA1
52SX2GBBJ2K1
52SX2CBBA2
1
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NC + 1 NO
2 NO + 2 NC
C
G
C
52SW2CBBA1
52SW2GBBJ2K1
52SW2CDBA2
1
Spring return from right & left operation Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NC + 1 NO
2 NO + 2 NC
C
G
C
52SX2CDBA1
52SX2GDBJ2K1
52SX2CDBA2
1
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
1 NO + 1 NC
2 NC + 1 NO
2 NO + 2 NC
C
G
C
52SW2CDBA1
52SW2GDBJ2K1
52SW2CDBA2
1
Spring return from right
Spring return from left operation
4
5
Selector Switches with 3 switching positions
Maintained operation
3
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1) For contact operation, see cam selection table
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/66
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 67 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Black Max Corrosion Resistant
Pushbutton operators
Selection and ordering data
Version
Color of actuator
Order no.
Pack
Pushbutton with flush cap
black
red
green
yellow
52PX8A1
52PX8A2
52PX8A3
52PX8A4
blue
gray
orange
less cap
kit - with all colors
52PX8A5
52PX8A6
52PX8A8
52PX8
52PX8AN
black
red
green
yellow
52PX9B1
52PX8B2
52PX8B3
52PX8B4
blue
gray
orange
less cap
kit - with all colors
52PX8B5
52PX8B6
52PX8B8
52PX8
52PX8BN
black
red
green
yellow
52PX9D1
52PX9D2
52PX9D3
52PX9D4
blue
gray
orange
less cap
kit - with all colors
52PX9D5
52PX9D6
52PX9D8
52PX9
52PX9DN
black
red
green
yellow
52PX9E1
52PX9E2
52PX9E3
52PX9E4
blue
gray
orange
less cap
kit - with all colors
52PX9E5
52PX9E6
52PX9E8
52PX9
52PX9EN
black
red
green
52PX2W1
52PX2W2
52PX2W3
1
black
red
green
52PX2V1
52PX2V2
52PX2V3
1
55BR8W2
55BR8W3
55BR8W9
1
Unit
Flush pushbutton operator
Extended pushbutton operator
Mushroom head pushbutton
operator
Pushbutton with extended cap
Pushbutton with mushroom cap
1 5/8" (41.3mm)
Pushbutton with mushroom cap
2 1/2" (63.5mm)
2 position push pull maintained, non illuminated
Small Plastic Mushroom Head, 1 5/8" (41.3mm)
Large Plastic Mushroom Head, 2 1/4" (57.2mm)
2 position twist to release, maintained, non illuminated
Small Plastic Mushroom Head, 1 3/4" (44.5mm)
red
green
yellow
9/67
Siemens ICP · 2011
1
1
1
1
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 68 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Black Max Corrosion Resistant
Selector switch operators
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
Lever type
Color of
Cam1) Order no.
lever insert
Pack
2
Unit
Selector Switches with 2 switching positions
Maintained operation
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
white
white
A
A
52SX2AAB
52SW2AAB
1
Spring return from right operation
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
white
white
A
A
52SX2ACB
52SW2ACB
1
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
B
B
C2)
C2)
D
D
E
E
G
G
52SX2BAB
52SW2BAB
52SX2CAB
52SW2CAB
52SX2DAB
52SW2DAB
52SX2EAB
52SW2EAB
52SX2GAB
52SW2GAB
1
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
B
B
C2)
C2)
D
D
E
E
G
G
52SX2BCB
52SW2BCB
52SX2CCB
52SW2CCB
52SX2DCB
52SW2DCB
52SX2ECB
52SW2ECB
52SX2GCB
52SW2GCB
1
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
B
B
C2)
C2)
D
D
E
E
G
G
52SX2BBB
52SW2BBB
52SX2CBB
52SW2CBB
52SX2DBB
52SW2DBB
52SX2EEB
52SW2EEB
52SX2GBB
52SW2GBB
1
Spring return from left and right operation Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
Short lever, non-Illuminated
Long lever, non-Illuminated
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
B
B
C2)
C2)
D
D
E
E
G
G
52SX2BDB
52SW2BDB
52SX2CDB
52SW2CDB
52SX2DDB
52SW2DDB
52SX2EDB
52SW2EDB
52SX2GDB
52SW2GDB
1
white
white
B
B
52SX2HAB
52SW2HAB
1
4
Selector Switches with 3 switching positions
Maintained operation
Spring return from right operation
Spring return from left operation
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Selector Switches with 4 switching positions
Maintained operation
Non-Illuminated, Short lever
Non-Illuminated, Long lever
14
15
16
1) For contact operation, see cam selection table
17
2) C- Cam is limited to 4 contact blocks, 1 or 2 pole.
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/68
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 69 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Cam selection
Selection and ordering data
Ordering Information
s Contact blocks are ordered separately, see page 9/69.
s Determine which table to use based upon the type of selector (non-illum selector switch-top, illum
selector switch-middle, and selector pushbutton-bottom).
s Find the correct number of selector positions (2, 3 or 4 positions).
s Select the contact operation required for each selector position. X indicates the contacts are closed,
while O indicates the contacts are open. (For the selector pushbutton, N=normal and D=depressed).
Contact block must be assembled in position shown for each circuit application.
s Identify the Cam letter required for the chosen contact operation (only 1 CAM can be used per selector
switch or selector pushbutton).
s Contact blocks must be assembled in the position shown for each circuit application. The mounting
position is viewed from the front of the device.
Ordering Cams D, E or G
s Cam D, E or G may be ordered at the same price by changing the 6th character of the selector catalog
number. Example: Selector with D cam 52SX2DAB.
Size Requirements
s C Cam on spring return selectors is limited to 4 contact blocks.
s Selector operators in enclosures are limited to depth of 1 contact block. (2 blocks wide).
Non-illuminated and keyed selector switches (viewed from front)
2 Selector Positions
Left
X
O
3 Selector Positions
Left
Center
X
O
O
O
X
X
O
X
X
O
O
X
X
O
O
O
O
X
O
O
X
O
O
X
X
O
O
X
O
O
4 Selector Positions
Left
Left Center
X
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
Right
O
X
Right
O
X
O
X
X
O
O
X
O
X
O
O
O
O
X
Right Center
O
O
X
O
Right
O
O
O
X
Contact Blocks
CAM
NC (52BAJ)
NO (52BAK)
Contact Blocks
A
A
CAM
NO (52BAK)
NO (52BAK)
NC (52BAJ)
NC (52BAJ)
2NO (2-52BAK)
NO (52BAK)
NC (52BAJ)
NO (52BAK)
NC (52BAJ)
NO (52BAK)
NO (52BAK)
NC (52BAJ)
NC (52BAJ)
NC (52BAJ)
NO (52BAK)
Contact Blocks
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
G
G
G
CAM
NO (52BAK)
NC (52BAJ)
NC (52BAJ)
NO (52BAK)
H
H
H
H
Mounting
Left
L
or
L
Mounting
Left
Right
R
Right
R
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
and
R
R
or
or
or
or
or
or
R
R
R
R
R
R
L
or
Mounting
Left
R
R
Right
R
L
R
L
Illuminated selector switches (viewed from front)
2 Selector Positions
Left
X
O
3 Selector Positions
Left
Center
O
O
O
X
X
O
O
O
Right
O
X
Right
X
O
O
X
Contact Blocks
CAM
NC (52BAJ)
NO (52BAK)
Contact Blocks
A
A
CAM
NO (52BAK)
NO (52BAK)
NC (52BAJ)
NO (52BAK)
B
B
C
C
Contact Blocks
CAM
Mounting
Left
L
L
Mounting
Left
Right
Right
R
R
L
L
Selector Pushbuttons (viewed from front)
2 Selector Positions
Left
N
D
X
O
X
X
O
X
O
O
X
O
O
X
X
X
X
O
O
X
O
O
3 Selector Positions
Left
N
D
X
X
X
O
O
X
O
O
9/69
Right
N
O
O
O
O
O
X
X
X
O
O
D
O
O
X
X
O
X
O
X
O
X
Right
N
O
X
O
O
D
O
X
O
X
Siemens ICP · 2011
NC (52BAJ)
NC (52BAJ)
NO (52BAK)
NO (52BAK)
NC (52BAJ)
NO (52BAK)
NC (52BAJ)
NC (52BAJ)
NO (52BAK)
NO (52BAK)
Contact Blocks
NC (52BAJ)
NC (52BAJ)
NO (52BAK)
NO (52BAK)
Q
Q
Q
Q
P
P
R
R
R
R
CAM
S
S
S
S
Mounting
Left
Right
R
L
R
L
L
L
L
or
or
R
R
R
R
L
Mounting
Left
Right
L
R
R
L
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 70 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Accessories and Spare Parts
Custom selector switch designs
1
Selection and ordering data
Assembled Non-illuminated Selector Switches
• Determine contact block and location from above.
• Additional suffixes allow for multiple quantities and locations.
• Select block suffix. Ex: J = 52BAJ.
• Repeat process for next block if required.
• Now select position suffix.
• Add list price of blocks to operator list price.
• 1-52BAJ block mounted on right side, suffix will be J 1.
• Consult factory for delivery.
X O O
O O X
HAND-OFF-AUTO Maintained Switch
Catalog No 52SA2CAB A
1 = 52A2CABA1
(52BJK block mounted on right side)
Example 1:
Block Suffix
Position Suffix
Example 2:
A = 1 NO - 1 NC, 52BJK
E = NC Late Break, 52BAE
H = NO Early Make, 52BAH
J = NC, 52BAJ
K = NO, 52BAK
Suffix
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
X O O
O X O
O O X
G Cam required
Catalog No 52SA2GAB
52BAJ (L)
J2
52BAJ (R)
52BAK (L or R) }
}
J2
K1
K1 = 52SA2GABJ2K1
2
3
Quantity and Location
Left
Right
1
—
—
1
1
1
2
—
—
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
3
—
—
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/70
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 71 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Accessories and spare parts
Selection and ordering data
Version
Suitable for
Color
Order no.
Flush actuator lens cap
For flush type,
non-illuminated pushbuttons bag of 20 caps
black
red
green
yellow
blue
gray
orange
kit- all colors
52RA1A1
52RA1A2
52RA1A3
52RA1A4
52RA1A5
52RA1A6
52RA1A8
52RA1AN
Extended actuator lens cap
For extended type, non-illuminated pushbuttons
bag of 20 caps
black
red
green
yellow
blue
gray
orange
1 of each color cap
52RA1B1
52RA1B2
52RA1B3
52RA1B4
52RA1B5
52RA1B6
52RA1B8
52RA1BN
Mushroom head cap - Plastic
For large 2 1/2"(63.5mm) type, set screw
non-illuminated mushroom pushbuttons
black
red
green
yellow
blue
gray
orange
1 kit of each color cap
52RB3E1
52RB3E2
52RB3E3
52RB3E4
52RB3E5
52RB3E6
52RB3E8
52RB3EN
For small 1 5/8"(41.3mm) type, non-illuminated
mushroom pushbuttons
black
red
green
yellow
blue
gray
orange
1 of each color cap
52RB3D1
52RB3D2
52RB3D3
52RB3D4
52RB3D5
52RB3D6
52RB3D8
52RB3DN
Mushroom head cap - Metal
For small 1 5/8"(41.3mm) type, set screw
non-illuminated mushroom pushbuttons
chrome
red
green
52RB3FC
52RB3F2
52RB3F3
Replacement Lens for Indicator
Lights
For catalog numbers starting with 52PL or 52BL1)2)
Plastic
red
green
blue
amber
clear
white
1 of each color
52RA4S2
52RA4S3
52RA4S5
52RA4S9
52RA4SA
52RA4SB
52RA4SN
Glass
red
green
blue
amber
clear
white
1 of each color
52RA4T2
52RA4T3
52RA4T5
52RA4T9
52RA4TA
52RA4TB
52RA4TN
red
green
blue
amber
clear
white
52RA4P2
52RA4P3
52RA4P5
52RA4P9
52RA4PA
52RA4PB
Replacement Lens forPush to
Test/Illuminated Pushbuttons1)
For catalog numbers starting with 52PT or 52T2)3)
Plastic
1) To order replacement lens for indicator lights starting with 52PA, 52PE, or 52PX, change the 6th digit to P for plastic and G for glass.
2) It is possible to retrofit catalog numbers starting with 52PA, 52PE and 52PX with the replacement lens. The new lens have concentric ribs for improved light
distribution.
3) To order replacement lens for push to test / illuminated pushbuttons starting with 52PA, 52PE, or 52PX, change the 5th digit to a 5.
9/71
Siemens ICP · 2011
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 72 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Accessories and spare parts
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
Suitable for
Color
Order no.
2
Mushroom head push pull
illuminated plastic
Mushroom head push pull
illuminated metal
Mushroom head push pull
non-illuminated plastic
For small 1 3/4" type, push-pull units
red
green
amber
52RC3JR
52RC3JS
52RC3JT
For small 2 1/2" type, push-pull units
red
green
amber
52RC3KR
52RC3KS
52RC3KT
Chrome, for small 1 3/4" type, push-pull
units
red
green
amber
white
52RB3H2
52RB3H3
52RB3H9
52RB3HB
BlackMax, for small 1 3/4" type, push-pull
units
red
green
amber
white
52RX3H2
52RX3H3
52RX3H9
52RX3HB
For small 1 3/4" type, push-pull units
(catalog numbers starting with 52PP or
52BP)1)
black
red
green
yellow
blue
gray
orange
1 of each color
52RC3D1
52RC3D2
52RC3D3
52RC3D4
52RC3D5
52RC3D6
52RC3D8
52RC3DN
black
red
green
yellow
blue
gray
orange
1 of each color
52RC3E2
52RC3E3
52RC3E4
52RC3E5
52RC3E6
52RC3E8
52RC3EN
52RC3E2
For large 2 1/2" type, push-pull units
(catalog numbers starting with 52PP or
52BP)1)
Mushroom head push pull
non-illuminated metal
For small 1 3/4" type, push-pull units
(catalog numbers starting with 52PP or
52BP)1)
red
green
chrome
52C2F2
52C2F3
52C2FC
Twist to release head
illuminated plastic
For small twist to release units
red
green
amber
52RC3RR
52RC3RS
52RC3RT
Twist to release head
non-illuminated plastic
For small twist to release units
red
green
amber
52RC3R2
52RC3R3
52RC3R4
red
green
blue
amber
clear
white
52RA6P2
52RA6P3
52RA6P5
52RA6P9
52RA6PA
52RA6PB
red
green
yellow
blue
gray
orange
white
red
green
yellow
blue
gray
orange
white
52RA2A2
52RA2A3
52RA2A4
52RA2A5
52RA2A6
52RA2A8
52RA2AB
52RA2B2
52RA2B3
52RA2B4
52RA2B5
52RA2B6
52RA2B8
52RA2BB
Replacement lens kit for
Illuminated selector switches
Lever inserts
Short lever
Long lever
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1) For push-pull units whose catalog numbers that
start with 52PX, 52PA or 52PE, replacement
heads are available. Order from the "Mushroom
head pushbutton cap" section on page 10/158.
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/72
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 73 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Accessories and spare parts
Selection and ordering data
Version
Suitable for
Color
Order no.
Protective boot
Flush pushbutton operations
Offers protection from ice and foreign substances from interfering with button operation
clear
black
52AABA
52AAB1
Guards
Prevents accidental operation
Non-illuminated basic pushbuttons
chrome
blackmax
52AAGP
52AXGP
1 5/8" mushroom pushbuttons, 1 3/4"
push-pull units1), and twist to release units
chrome
blackmax
52AAGM
52AXGM
Push to test/illuminated pushbutton and
indicator lights
chrome
blackmax
52AAGL
52AXGL
Non-illuminated basic pushbuttons
chrome
blackmax
52AANP
52AXNP
Non-illuminated mushroom pushbuttons
chrome
blackmax
52AANL
52AXNL
Push-pull and twist-to-release units (only for
push-pull units starting with 52PP or 52BP)2)
chrome
blackmax
52CANP
52CXNP
Indicator Lights
blue
amber
52AANL
52AXNL
Selector switches
chrome
blackmax
52AANS
52AXNS
Padlock attachments
Non-illuminated basic pushbuttons
flush
extended
52AALA
52AALB
Padlock cover
Lock devices in off position
Pushbuttons, selector switches, and
non-illuminated mushroom heads
52AALS
Lock nut wrench
All devices
52MAWB
List
Price
$
Locknuts
Replacement front ring
corrosion resistant 52AAH6
steel, grey
52ABH6
stainless steel
52ABHS
Hole plugs
Spare key
Grounding kit
52KEY-501CH
All devices
52AL109145
Touchsafe contact blocks with gold flashing
52 BAJ
52 BAK
1 NO
1 NC
1 NO - 1 NC
1 NO early make
1 NC late break
1 NO - 1 NC
closes before 52BAK
opens after 52 BAJ
Reed switch
UL listed for class 1 division 2
.25A Max, 150V AC, 10 Watt max
.5A Max, 150V DC, 10 Watt max
1 NC extra late break
52BAU
52 BAR
1) These can also be used with the 1 5/8" push-pull
devices.
9/73
Siemens ICP · 2011
52BAK
52BAJ
52BJK
52BAH
52BAE
52BAR2)
2) For push-pull units starting with part numbers
52PA, 52PE or 52PX, replacement locknuts can
be ordered using 52AANL (Chrome) and
52AXNL (BlackMax).
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 74 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights 30mm
Heavy Duty Watertight/Oiltight
Accessories and spare parts
1
Selection and ordering data
Version
Suitable for
Lamp Color
voltage
Order no.
Lamps with screw connection, miniature bayonet (BA9s style)
Incandescent lamps,
Flashing, type 267 lamp (replaces 755 lamp)
51, 52
6V type 755 lamp
51, 52
12V type 756
51, 52
24V type 757
51, 52
120V, 2.5W, type #120MB
52
Neon (uses resistors) type B2A (NE-51H)
52
6V
6V
12 V
24 V
120 V
120 V
52AABNF
52AABN
52AACN
52AADN
52AAENC1
52AAPN
Candelabra, 120 V, Full voltage type 3S6/5 1)
52 older revision styles
120 V
52AAENC
LED bulbs
LED, BA9s type
Class 52
6V
24 V
120 V
52AEB
52AED
52AEE
LED, cluster type
Class 52
6V
24 V
120 V
52AEB
52AED
52AEE
LED lighting modules
Single LED
Class 52
24 V
120 V
240 V
52AATL
52AATM
52AATN
7
Full voltage lighting module accessory
Single LED
Class 52
6V
24 V
120 V
52AAFB B
52AAFD B
52AAFE B
8
Cluster LED
Class 52
6V
24 V
120 V
52AAFB Y
52AAFD Y
52AAFE Y
Incandescent bulb
Class 52
6V
24 V
120 V
52AAFB
52AAFD
52AAFE
Transformer lighting module accessory
Single LED
Class 52
120 V
240 V
480 V
600 V
52AATG
52AATH
52AATJ
52AATK
B
B
B
B
Cluster LED
Class 52
120 V
240 V
480 V
600 V
52AATG
52AATH
52AATJ
52AATK
Y
Y
Y
Y
Incandescent bulb
Class 52
120 V
240 V
480 V
600 V
52AATG
52AATH
52AATJ
52AATK
2
Color options: red
green
yellow/amber
blue
white/clear
3
4
5
7
7
7
6
9
10
11
12
2
3
4
5
13
B
**Note: Cluster LED only available in red, green and yellow
14
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/74
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 75 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Heavy Duty Pushbutton Stations
Pushbutton Stations
Oiltight pushbutton stations
Selection and ordering data
Actuator identification
C = top device in station
B = middle device in station
A = bottom device in station
Degree of protection
Contact / voltage
No. of Order no.
command
points
A = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "START"
NEMA 12
1NO - 1NC
1
52C101A
Pack
Unit
1 unit control
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
station
NEMA 12
1NO - 1NC
1
52C103A
A = Momentary mushroom head red, label "STOP"
NEMA 12
1NO - 1NC
1
52C104A
A = Maintained metal mushroom head red, label
"EMERGENCY STOP"
NEMA 12
1NO - 1NC
1
52C117A
A = 2 position selector switch "OFF-ON"
NEMA 12
1NO - 1NC
1
52C159A
A = 3 position selector switch "HAND-OFF-AUTO"
NEMA 12
1NO - 1NC
1
52C156A
A = Indicator light, red
NE M A 1 2
1 20V Transf ormer
type
1
52C131A
A = Indicator light, green
NE M A 1 2
120V Transformer
type
1
52C135A
A = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "START"
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 1NO - 1NC
1
52C101S
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 1NO - 1NC
1
52C103S
A = Momentary mushroom head red, label "STOP"
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 1NO - 1NC
1
52C104S
A = Maintained metal mushroom head red, label
"EMERGENCY STOP"
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 1NO - 1NC
1
52C116S
A = 2 position selector switch "OFF-ON"
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 1NO - 1NC
1
52C159S
A = 3 position selector switch "HAND-OFF-AUTO"
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 1NO - 1NC
1
52C156S
A = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "START"
NEMA 4X Fiberglass
1NO - 1NC
1
52C101X
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
NEMA 4X Fiberglass
1NO - 1NC
1
52C103X
A = Momentary mushroom head red, label "STOP"
NEMA 4X Fiberglass
1NO - 1NC
1
52C104X
A = Maintained metal mushroom head red, label
"EMERGENCY STOP"
NEMA 4X Fiberglass
1NO - 1NC
1
52C116X
A = 2 position selector switch "OFF-ON"
NEMA 4X Fiberglass
1NO - 1NC
1
52C159X
A = 3 position selector switch "HAND-OFF-AUTO"
NEMA 4X Fiberglass
1NO - 1NC
1
52C156X
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "START"
2 unit control A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
NEMA 12
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
2
52C201A
B = Momentary flush pushbutton green, label "START"
A = Momentary Mushroom head pushbutton red,
label "STOP"
NEMA 12
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
2
52C202A
B = Momentary flush pushbutton, label "FORWARD"
A = Momentary flush pushbutton, label "REVERSE"
NEMA 12
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
2
52C204A
B = Momentary flush pushbutton, label "UP"
A = Momentary flush pushbutton, label "DOWN"
NEMA 12
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
2
52C223A
B = Indicator light, red, label "RUN"
A = Maintained selector switch, label
"HAND-OFF-AUTO"
NEMA 12
120V Transformer
type
2
52C224A
B = Indicator light, red
A = Indicator light, green
NEMA 12
120V Transformer
type
2
52C230A
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "START"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
2
52C201S
B = Momentary flush pushbutton green, label "START"
A = Momentary Mushroom head pushbutton red, label
"STOP"
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
2
52C202S
B = Momentary flush pushbutton, label "UP"
A = Momentary flush pushbutton, label "DOWN"
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
2
52C223S
B = Indicator light, red, label "RUN"
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 120V Transformer
A = Maintained selector switch, label "HAND-OFF-AUTO"
type
1NO, 1NC
2
52C224S
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "START"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
NEMA 4X Fiberglass
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
2
52C201X
B = Momentary flush pushbutton green, label "START"
A = Momentary Mushroom head pushbutton red, label
"STOP"
NEMA 4X Fiberglass
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
2
52C202X
B = Momentary flush pushbutton, label "UP"
A = Momentary flush pushbutton, label "DOWN"
NEMA 4X Fiberglass
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
2
52C223X
120V Transformer
type
1NO, 1NC
2
52C224X
station
B = Indicator light, red, label "RUN"
NEMA 4X Fiberglass
A = Maintained selector switch, label "HAND-OFF-AUTO"
9/75
Siemens ICP · 2011
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 76 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Heavy Duty Pushbutton Stations
Pushbutton Stations
Oiltight pushbutton stations
1
Selection and ordering data
Actuator identification
Degree of protection
Contact / voltage
No. of Order no.
command
points
Pack
2
Unit
C = Indicator light, red
3 unit control
station
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "START"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "FORWARD"
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "REVERSE"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "UP"
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "DOWN"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "OPEN"
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "STOP"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "CLOSE"
C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "HI"
B = Momentary flush pushbutton, black label "LOW"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
C = Indicator light, red
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "START"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "FORWARD"
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "REVERSE"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "UP"
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "DOWN"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "OPEN"
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "STOP"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "CLOSE"
C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "HI"
B = Momentary flush pushbutton, black label "LOW"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
C = Indicator light, red
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "START"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "FORWARD"
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "REVERSE"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "UP"
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "DOWN"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "OPEN"
B = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "STOP"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "CLOSE"
C = Momentary flush pushbutton black, label "HI"
B = Momentary flush pushbutton, black label "LOW"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, label "STOP"
NEMA 12
NEMA 12
NEMA 12
NEMA 12
NEMA 12
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel
NEMA 4X Fiberglass
NEMA 4X Fiberglass
NEMA 4X Fiberglass
NEMA 4X Fiberglass
NEMA 4X Fiberglass
120V
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
120V
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
120V
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NC
3
52C307A
3
52C301A
3
52C332A
3
52C333A
3
52C334A
3
52C307S
3
52C301S
3
52C332S
3
52C333S
3
52C334S
3
52C307X
3
52C301X
3
52C332X
3
52C333X
3
52C334X
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/76
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 77 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Heavy Duty Pushbutton Stations
Pushbutton Stations
Empty enclosures
Selection and ordering data
Version
Nu m b e r o f
command
points
Degree of
protection
Order No.
Pack
Standard enclosures come with 2 1/4" leg
center for legend spacing. Automotive
end plates require 2 1/2 " spacing. For
more than 2 contact blocks on the right or
left, use extra deep enclosure.
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
9
9
9
12
12
12
16
16
16
NEMA Type 12/13
NEMA Type 12/13 extra deep
NEMA Type 4/4X stainless steel
NEMA Type 4/4X Fiberglass
NEMA Type 12/13
NEMA Type 12/13 extra deep
NEMA Type 4/4X stainless steel
NEMA Type 4/4X Fiberglass
NEMA Type 12/13
NEMA Type 12/13 extra deep
NEMA Type 4/4X stainless steel
NEMA Type 4/4X Fiberglass
NEMA Type 12/13
NEMA Type 12/13 extra deep
NEMA Type 4/4X stainless steel
NEMA Type 4/4X Fiberglass
NEMA Type 12/13
NEMA Type 12/13 extra deep
NEMA Type 4/4X stainless steel
NEMA Type 12/13
NEMA Type 12/13 extra deep
NEMA Type 4/4X stainless steel
NEMA Type 12/13
NEMA Type 12/13 extra deep
NEMA Type 4/4X stainless steel
NEMA Type 12/13
NEMA Type 12/13 extra deep
NEMA Type 4/4X stainless steel
P30EMS01
P30EMS01D
P30EMS014
P30EMS01X
P30EMS02
P30EMS02D
P30EMS024
P30EMS02X
P30EMS03
P30EMS03D
P30EMS034
P30EMS03X
P30EMS04
P30EMS04D
P30EMS044
P30EMS04X
P30EMS06
P30EMS06D
P30EMS064
P30EMS09
P30EMS09D
P30EMS094
P30EMS12
P30EMS12D
P30EMS124
P30EMS16
P30EMS16D
P30EMS164
Unit
Mounting hole arrangement
1 thu 4 are in one row
6 holes are 3 down and 2 across
9 holes are 3 down and 3 across
12 holes are 4 down and 3 across
16 holes are 4 down and 4 across
Order Form
Ordering Information
A
B
C
D
1
2
To order non-standard control stations select catalog numbers
from the previous pages, determine the required position in the
enclosure and fill in the table below. If a special legend plate is
required, specify description in the table. The combined list
prices of the components is the list price of the station.
Order No./Item No.
s Select enclosure
3
4
Enclosure Hole Arrangement
s Vertical or Horizontal. Outline Diagram at left starting at the
top left-hand corner. Example: 3 unit vertical outline location
No. 1A, 2A and 3A. 3 unit horizontal outline location No. 1A,
1B, and 1C
Customer
s List location No. and applicable catalog numbers in the table
below. Use complete catalog numbers where possible
Enclosure Catalog No.
Operator
PB-SEL.-PL
Location
9/77
Siemens ICP · 2011
Accessories
Key Lock, Boot, Etc,
Legend Plate
Legend or Blank
Special Marking
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 78 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Heavy Duty Pushbutton Stations
Pushbutton Stations
Legend plates for Class 51 and 52
1
Design
The 30 mm legend plates are approved for the use with both Class 51 and Class 52 devices. Automotive legend plates require 2 1/2" mounting
centers. Plastic legend plates will have white letters ingraved.
When ordering custom engraved legend plates, specify the required inscription text.
3
Selection and ordering data
Inscription
Large
Compact
(1 7/16" x 2")
(1 7/16" 1 7/16")
Order No.
2
1 7/16
1 7/16
15/16
1 7/16
2
1 7/16
2 7/16
2
Automotive
1
Order No.
"Blank (brushed aluminum)" 52NL02
52NP02
"Blank (red)"
52NL02R
—
––––
"Blank (Black)"
52NL02B
—
––––
Inscribed legend plates with large brushed aluminum background
Close
52NL18
—
––––
Down
52NL10
—
––––
Emerg Stop
52NL16
—
––––
Emerg Stop (red)
52NL16R
—
––––
52NL33
—
––––
Fast-Slow
Forward
52NL05
—
––––
For-Off-Rev
52NL38
—
––––
For-Rev
52NL31
—
––––
Hand-Off-Auto
52NL37
—
––––
High
52NL07
—
––––
High-Low
52NL30
—
––––
High-Off-Low
52NL44
—
––––
In
52NL21
—
––––
Jog
52NL13
—
––––
Jog-Forward
52NL24
—
––––
52NL25
—
––––
Jog-Reverse
Low
52NL08
—
––––
Lower
52NL20
—
––––
Man-Suto
52NL35
—
––––
Off
52NL12
—
––––
Off-On
52NL26
—
––––
On
52NL11
—
––––
On-Off-Auto
52NL40
—
––––
Open
52NL17
—
––––
Open-Close
52NL34
—
––––
Out
52NL41
—
––––
52NL22
—
––––
Pull to Start
Push to Stop
52NL47
—
––––
Raise
52NL19
—
––––
Raise-Lower
52NL36
—
––––
Reset
52NL14
—
––––
Reverse
52NL06
—
––––
Run
52NL23
—
––––
Run-Jog
52NL29
—
––––
Safe-Run
52NL27
—
––––
Slow-Off-Fast
52NL39
—
––––
52NL03
—
––––
Start
Start-Jog
52NL28
—
––––
Start-Stop
52NL32
—
––––
Stop
52NL04
—
––––
Stop (red)
52NL04R
—
––––
Up
52NL09
—
––––
Up-Down
52NL49
—
––––
Up-Off-Down
52NL42
—
––––
)
Large Plastic
Automotive Plastic
2
1 2
)
) )
(2 7/16" x 2 7/16")
(1 7/16" x 2")
(2 7/16" x 2 7/16")
Order No.
Order No.
Order No.
52NA02
52NA02R
52NA02B
—
52ND02R
52ND02B
–––– —
52NE02R
52NE02B
––––
52NA18
52NA10
52NA16
52NA16R
52NA33
52NA05
52NA38
52NA31
52NA37
52NA07
52NA30
52NA44
52NA21
52NA13
52NA24
52NA25
52NA08
52NA20
52NA35
52NA12
52NA26
52NA11
52NA40
52NA17
52NA34
52NA41
52NA22
52NA47
52NA19
52NA36
52NA14
52NA06
52NA23
52NA29
52NA27
52NA39
52NA03
52NA28
52NA32
52NA04
52NA04R
52NA09
52NA49
52NA42
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
––––
52NA02E
—
–––– —
––––
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Inscription plates with custom engraving
"Custom engraved
(brushed aluminum)"
"Custom engraved (red)"
"Custom engraved (Black)"
52NL02E
52NP02E
52NL02RE
52NL02BE
—
—
Max. number of rows
Letter height
Characters per row
2
5/32"
14
1
5/32"
11
–––– 52NA02RE
–––– 52NA02BE
2
1/4"
16
52ND02RE
52ND02BE
52NE02RE
52NE02BE
2
5/32"
14
2
1/4"
16
15
16
1) Automotive requires 2 1/2" mounting centers
2) White letters on plastic nameplate.
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/78
ICP_2010_09_08_32910Edit_ab.fm Page 79 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:41 AM
Class 52 Heavy Duty Pushbutton Stations
Pushbutton Stations
Dimensional drawings
Hole Arrangement
Standard 4-Way
Type 4X Non-Metallic
.190
(5)
1.210
(31)
.672
(17)
Type 12/13 and 4X Stainless Steel
Enclosure Size
Units
1
2
3
4
6
9
12
162)
A
3.50
5.75
8.00
10.25
9.50
9.50
11.75
11.75
Mounting
B
(89)
(146)
(203)
(260)
(241)
(241)
(298)
(298)
3.25
3.25
3.25
3.25
6.25
8.50
8.50
10.75
C
(83)
(83)
(83)
(83)
(159)
(216)
(216)
(273)
Overall
G
2.75
2.75
2.75
2.75
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
(70)
(70)
(70)
(70)
(76)
(76)
(76)
(76)
4.00
6.25
8.50
10.75
10.00
10.00
12.25
12.25
H
(102)
(159)
(216)
(273)
(254)
(254)
(311)
(311)
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
5.38
7.62
7.62
9.88
L
(60)
(60)
(60)
(60)
(137)
(194)
(194)
(251)
W
4.50
6.75
9.00
11.25
10.50
10.50
12.75
12.75
(114)
(171)
(229)
(286)
(267)
(267)
(324)
(324)
3.47
3.47
3.47
3.47
6.47
8.72
8.72
10.97
J
(88)
(88)
(88)
(88)
(164)
(221)
(221)
(279)
2.31
2.31
2.31
2.31
2.56
2.56
2.56
2.56
(59)
(59)
(59)
(59)
(65)
(65)
(65)
(65)2)
T
X
Y
3.00 (76)
3.00 (76)
3.00 (76)
3.00 (76)
6.00 (152)
8.25 (210)
8.25 (210)
10.50 (267)
1.73 (44)
1.73 (44)
1.73 (44)
1.73 (44)
2.11 (54)
2.11 (54)
2.11 (54)
2.11 (54)
1.86 (47)
1.86 (47)
1.86 (47)
1.86 (47)
2.61 (66)
2.61 (66)
2.61 (66)
2.61 (66)
Type 12/13 Extra Deep Enclosures
Enclosure Size
Units
A
1
2
3
4
6
9
12
162)
4.00
6.00
8.00
10.00
9.50
9.50
B
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
6.25
8.50
1
Mounting
Overall
C
G
H
4.75
4.75
4.75
4.75
4.75
4.75
4.75
4.75
4.50
6.50
8.50
10.50
10.00
10.00
12.25
12.25
3.12
3.12
3.12
3.12
5.38
7.62
7.62
9.88
L
W
5.00
7.00
4.22
4.22
11.00
4.22
J
T
4.31
4.31
4.31
4.31
4.31
3.75
3.75
3.75
3.75
6.00
8.25
8.25
10.50
10.50
12.75
4.31
4.31
10.97
X
Y
2.11
2.11
2.11
2.11
2.11
1.98
1.86
1.73
2.11
2.61
2.11
2.61
Type 4X Non-Metallic
Enclosure Size
Units
A
1
2
3
4
6.00
6.00
8.26
10.51
All dimensions shown in inches and (millimeters). For
reference purposes only. Not to be used for design or
construction purposes.
9/79
Siemens ICP · 2011
Mounting
Overall
B
C
G
H
L
W
3.19
3.19
3.19
3.19
3.63
3.63
3.63
3.63
4.88
4.88
7.13
9.37
2.94
2.94
2.94
2.94
6.63
6.63
8.88
3.81
3.81
3.81
1) Grounding stud in body of enclosure.
2) For stainless steel add 1.75 (45) to depth.
ICP_2010_09_09_012810Edit2_ab.fm Page 80 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:42 AM
Class 50 Standard Duty Pushbutton Stations
Pushbutton Stations
General
Features
s
Snap In Legend Inserts
s
Flush and Surface Mounted Types
s
Convertible Selector
s
Double Break Contacts
s
Dual Voltage Pilot Light with Snap In Lens
s
Conversion Kits
s
UL Listed File #E22655
s
CSA Certified File #LR6535
Application
Standard duty control stations are used with
magnetic controllers to control the starting,
stopping, reversing or speed of applicable
motors.
Padlock Attachment Kit
50ZAL can be mounted to any Type 1 surface mounted station by the lower screw
which fastens the cover to the station base.
Made of heavy steel, chrome plated, the attachment provides for the padlocking of a
push button in the depressed position or a
selector switch in any position. When used
with a push button operator, raised Legend
Insert D53493003 (Red Stop) must be used.
Pendant Bracket
Adapts standard Type 1 surface mounted
stations for suspension from a cable or
chain. Bracket 50ZAP2 is used for one and
two unit stations, 50ZAP3 for three unit stations.
1
Electrical Ratings
NEMA AC Ratings 50/60Hz
Nema B600 5 Continuous Amps
Volts
120
240
480
600
VA
Make
30
15
7.5
6
3600
Break
3
1.5
0.75
0.6
360
2
3
4
5
Stations are assembled of one, two or three
push button, selector switch or pilot light
units in a variety of combinations to provide
compact control units for remote control of
magnetic starters and contactors.
6
Station enclosures are available in Type 1
surface mounted, 1B flush plate mounted
and 4 watertight.
7
Features
Type 1 surface mounted bases are constructed of 14 gauge sheet steel, primed
and finished in baked gray enamel. The
base is predrilled to receive a variety of contact blocks, pilot lights and accessory devices. Covers are of 20 gauge sheet steel,
wrap- around construction, primed and finished in baked gray enamel. Furnas Type 4
watertight heavy duty push button stations
are supplied with a provision to padlock the
stop button in the depressed position. Enclosures are predrilled and tapped for 3/4" conduit.
8
9
10
Contact blocks have double break, fine silver contacts with a NEMA B600 rating. Type
4 stations have a NEMA A600 rating.
The pilot light assembly is dual voltage with
clearly marked pressure type terminals for
120 volt or 240 volt connection.
11
The lens of the pilot light snaps into the
cover and is available in both red and green.
Push buttons are equipped with an operator
into which a selected legend insert is
snapped. Legend inserts are molded thermoplastic and come in a wide variety of legends and colors.
The selector switch operator can be instantly
set for two or three positions at any time.
12
2 Push Buttons
Surface Mounting, NEMA 1
2 Push Buttons
Flush Mounting, NEMA 1B
13
Mushroom Head
50ZMH mounts on any standard push button
operator. The Mushroom Head is red molded
thermoplastic, 1 1/2" in diameter, and provides a large operator for emergency stop or
similar applications.
Mechanical Interlock
50ZAM is a base mounted zinc plate, dichromate dipped, steel assembly. When
mounted in conjunction with Duplex Contact
Block 50ZAC3 (one NO and one NO) the interlock prevents one contact from being
closed while the other contact is closed.
14
15
1 Push Button
Surface Mounting
1 Selector Switch
Flush Mounting
2 Push Buttons
1 Selector Switch
1 Pilot Light
2 Push Buttons
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/80
ICP_2010_09_09_012810Edit2_ab.fm Page 81 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:42 AM
Class 50 Standard Duty Pushbutton Stations
Pushbutton Stations
5A 600V AC NEMA B600
Selection and ordering data
Degree of
protection
Contacts / voltage
Operator identification
1 unit surface
mount-momentary
pushbutton
9/81
Packs
Unit
1NO - 1NC with common
jumper (50ZAC1)
1
50AA3D
1
NEMA 1
1NO - 1NC with common
jumper (50ZAC1)
1
50AA3E
1
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, sur- NEMA 1
face, label "STOP"
1NO - 1NC with common
jumper (50ZAC1)
1
50AA3F
1
NEMA 1
1NO - 1NC with common
jumper (50ZAC1)
1
50AA3G
1
A = Momentary flush pushbutton less insert, NEMA 1
surface
1NO - 1NC with common
jumper (50ZAC1)
1
50AA3A
1
A = Momentary mushroom head red, surface, label "STOP"
2 unit surface
mount-momentary
pushbutton
Order No.
A = Momentary flush pushbutton green, sur- NEMA 1
face, label "START"
A = Momentary flush pushbutton red, surface, label "STOP"
1 unit flush mountmomentary pushbutton
Number
of command
points
A = 3 position selector switch, surface,
label "HAND-OFF-AUTO"
NEMA 1
2 NO 2SPST (50ZAC8)
1
50AA3C3
1
A = 3 position selector switch, surface,
label "Off-On"
NEMA 1
2 NO 2SPST (50ZAC8)
1
50AA3C6
1
A = 2/3 selector switch, surface, multiple
legends
NEMA 1
2 NO 2SPST (50ZAC8)
1
50AA3B9
1
A = Indicator light, red, surface
NEMA 1
120/240V dual voltage
120PSB lamp
1
50BA3Y
1
A = Indicator light, green, surface
NEMA 1
1
50BA3Z
1
A = Indicator light, less lens, surface
NEMA 1
1
50BA32
1
A = Momentary flush pushbutton green,
flush, label "START"
NEMA 1B
120/240V dual voltage
120PSB lamp
120/240V dual voltage
120PSB lamp
1NO - 1NC with common
jumper (50ZAC1)
1
50AA2D
1
A = Momentary flush pushbutton red,
flush, label "STOP"
NEMA 1B
1NO - 1NC with common
jumper (50ZAC1)
1
50AA2E
1
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red,
flush, label "STOP"
NEMA 1B
1NO - 1NC with common
jumper (50ZAC1)
1
50AA2F
1
A = Momentary flush pushbutton less insert, NEMA 1B
flush
1NO - 1NC with common
jumper (50ZAC1)
1
50AA2A
1
A = Momentary flush pushbutton less insert, NEMA 1B
flush, chrome plate
1NO - 1NC with common
jumper (50ZAC1)
1
50AA6A
1
A = 3 position selector switch, flush,
label "HAND-OFF-AUTO"
NEMA 1B
2 NO 2SPST (50ZAC8)
1
50AA2C3
1
A = 3 position selector switch, flush,
label "Off-On"
NEMA 1B
2 NO 2SPST (50ZAC8)
1
50AA2C6
1
A = 2/3 selector switch, multiple legends,
flush
NEMA 1B
2 NO 2SPST (50ZAC8)
1
50AA2B9
1
A = 2/3 selector switch, multiple legends,
chrome plate, flush
NEMA 1B
2 NO 2SPST (50ZAC8)
1
50AA6B9
1
A = Indicator light, red, flush
NEMA 1B
120/240V dual voltage
1
50BA2Y
1
A = Indicator light, green, flush
NEMA 1B
120/240V dual voltage
1
50BA2Z
1
A = Indicator light, less lens, flush
NEMA 1B
120/240V dual voltage
1
50BA22
1
A = Indicator light, less lens, chrome plate,
flush
NEMA 1B
120PSB lamp
1
50BA62
1
B = Momentary pushbutton green, surface, NEMA 1
label "START"
A = Momentary pushbutton red, surface,
label "STOP"
1NO, 1NC (50ZAC2)
2
50CA3DE
1
B = Momentary pushbutton green, surface, NEMA 1
label "START"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, surface, label "STOP"
1NO, 1NC (50ZAC2)
2
50CA3DF
1
B = Momentary pushbutton green, surface, NEMA 1
label "START"
A = Momentary mushroom head pushbutton
red, surface, label "STOP"
1NO, 1NC (50ZAC2)
2
50CA3DG
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, less insert,
surface
A = Momentary pushbutton, less insert,
surface
NEMA 1
1NO, 1NC (50ZAC2)
2
50CA3AA
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "FORWARD"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "REVERSE"
NEMA 1
2 NO (50ZAC3)
2
50DA3KL
1
Siemens ICP · 2011
ICP_2010_09_09_012810Edit2_ab.fm Page 82 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:42 AM
Class 50 Standard Duty Pushbutton Stations
Pushbutton Stations
5A 600V AC NEMA B600
1
Selection and ordering data
Order No. List
Price $
Pack
Degree of
protection
Contacts / voltage
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "OPEN"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "CLOSE"
NEMA 1
2 NO (50ZAC3)
2
50DA3HJ
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "UP"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "DOWN"
NEMA 1
2 NO (50ZAC3)
2
50DA3NP
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
less insert
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
less insert
NEMA 1
2 NO (50ZAC3)
2
50DA3AA
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "FORWARD"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "REVERSE"
NEMA 1
2 NO mechanically interlocked (50ZA3C w/ 50ZAM)
2
50RA3KL
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "OPEN"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "CLOSE"
NEMA 1
2 NO mechanically interlocked (50ZA3C w/ 50ZAM)
2
50RA3HJ
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "UP"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "DOWN"
NEMA 1
2 NO mechanically interlocked (50ZA3C w/ 50ZAM)
2
50RA3NP
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "ON"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "OFF"
NEMA 1
2 NO mechanically interlocked (50ZA3C w/ 50ZAM)
2
50RA334
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, less insert
surface
A = Momentary pushbutton, less insert,
surface
NEMA 1
2 NO mechanically interlocked (50ZA3C w/ 50ZAM)
2
50RA3AA
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "FORWARD"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "REVERSE"
NEMA 1
2 NO, 2 NC (2 - 50ZAC2)
2
50EA3KL
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "OPEN"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "CLOSE"
NEMA 1
2 NO, 2 NC (2 - 50ZAC2)
2
50EA3HJ
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "UP"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "DOWN"
NEMA 1
2 NO, 2 NC (2 - 50ZAC2)
2
50EA3NP
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "ON"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "OFF"
NEMA 1
2 NO, 2 NC (2 - 50ZAC2)
2
50EA334
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
less insert
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
less insert
NEMA 1
2 NO, 2 NC (2 - 50ZAC2)
2
50EA3AA
1
B = Momentary pushbutton green, flush,
label "START"
A = Momentary pushbutton red, flush,
label "STOP"
NEMA 1B
1NO, 1NC (50ZAC2)
2
B = Momentary pushbutton green, flush,
label "START"
A = Momentary raised pushbutton red, flush,
label "STOP"
NEMA 1B
1NO, 1NC (50ZAC2)
2
50CA2DF
1
NEMA 1B
B = Momentary pushbutton green, flush,
label "START"
A = Momentary mushroom head pushbutton
red, flush, label "STOP"
1NO, 1NC (50ZAC2)
2
50CA2AA
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, less insert, flush NEMA 1B
A = Momentary pushbutton, less insert, flush
1NO, 1NC (50ZAC2)
2
50CA6AA
1
Operator identification
2 unit flush mountmomentary pushbutton
Number
of command
points
1 unit
Unit
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
50CA2DE
1
14
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/82
ICP_2010_09_09_012810Edit2_ab.fm Page 83 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:42 AM
Class 50 Standard Duty Pushbutton Stations
Pushbutton Stations
5A 600V AC NEMA B600
Selection and ordering data
Packs
Contacts / voltage
B = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "FORWARD"
A = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "REVERSE"
NEMA 1B
2 NO (50ZAC3)
2
50DA2KL
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "OPEN"
A = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "CLOSE"
NEMA 1B
2 NO (50ZAC3)
2
50DA2HJ
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "UP"
A = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "DOWN"
NEMA 1B
2 NO (50ZAC3)
2
50DA2NP
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, less insert, flush NEMA 1B
A = Momentary pushbutton, less insert, flush
2 NO (50ZAC3)
2
50DA2AA
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, less insert,
chrome plate, flush
A = Momentary pushbutton, less insert,
chrome plate, flush
NEMA 1B
2 NO (50ZAC3)
2
50DA6AA
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "FORWARD"
A = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "REVERSE"
NEMA 1B
2 NO mechanically interlocked (50ZA3C w/ 50ZAM)
2
50RA2KL
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "OPEN"
A = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "CLOSE"
NEMA 1B
2 NO mechanically interlocked (50ZA3C w/ 50ZAM)
2
50RA2HJ
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "UP"
A = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "DOWN"
NEMA 1B
2 NO mechanically interlocked (50ZA3C w/ 50ZAM)
2
50RA2NP
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "ON"
A = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "OFF"
NEMA 1B
2 NO mechanically interlocked (50ZA3C w/ 50ZAM)
2
50RA234
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, less insert, flush NEMA 1B
A = Momentary pushbutton, less insert, flush
2 NO mechanically interlocked (50ZA3C w/ 50ZAM)
2
50RA2AA
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, less insert,
chrome plate, flush
A = Momentary pushbutton, less insert,
chrome plate, flush
NEMA 1B
2 NO mechanically interlocked (50ZA3C w/ 50ZAM)
2
50RA6AA
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "FORWARD"
A = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "REVERSE"
NEMA 1B
2 NO, 2 NC (2 - 50ZAC2)
2
50EA2KL
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "OPEN"
A = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "CLOSE"
NEMA 1B
2 NO, 2 NC (2 - 50ZAC2)
2
50EA2HJ
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "UP"
A = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "DOWN"
NEMA 1B
2 NO, 2 NC (2 - 50ZAC2)
2
50EA2NP
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "ON"
A = Momentary pushbutton, flush,
label "OFF"
NEMA 1B
2 NO, 2 NC (2 - 50ZAC2)
2
50EA234
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, less insert, flush NEMA 1B
A = Momentary pushbutton, less insert, flush
2 NO, 2 NC (2 - 50ZAC2)
2
50EA2AA
1
NEMA 1B
2 NO, 2 NC (2 - 50ZAC2)
2
50EA6AA
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, less insert,
chrome plate, flush
A = Momentary pushbutton, less insert,
chrome plate, flush
9/83
Order No.
Degree of
protection
Operator identification
3 unit surface
mount
Number
of command
points
Siemens ICP · 2011
Unit
ICP_2010_09_09_012810Edit2_ab.fm Page 84 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:42 AM
Class 50 Standard Duty Pushbutton Stations
Pushbutton Stations
5A 600V AC NEMA B600
1
Selection and ordering data
Operator identification
Degree of
protection
B = Momentary pushbutton green, surface, NEMA 1
label "START"
A = Maintained selector switch, surface,
label "HAND-OFF-AUTO"
1NO, 1NC (50ZAC1)
B = Momentary pushbutton less insert, sur- NEMA 1
face
A = Maintained selector switch, multiple legends, surface
1NO, 1NC (50ZAC1)
Order No.
List
Price $
Pack
1 unit
Unit
2
50FA3DC3
1
2
50FA3AB9
1
2
3
2 NO 2SPDT w/ common
jumper (50ZAC8)
2 NO 2SPDT w/ common
jumper (50ZAC8)
NEMA 1
120/240V dual voltage
(120PSB lamp)
2 NO 2SPDT w/ common
jumper (50ZAC8)
2
50HA3YC3
1
NEMA 1
120/240V dual voltage
(120PSB lamp)
2 NO 2SPDT w/ common
jumper (50ZAC8)
2
50HA32B9
1
B = Indicator light, green, surface
A = Indicator light, red, surface
NEMA 1
120/240V dual voltage
(120PSB lamp)
2
50GA3ZY
1
B = Indicator light, less lens, surface
A = Indicator light, less lens, surface
NEMA 1
120/240V dual voltage
(120PSB lamp)
2
50GA322
1
B = Momentary pushbutton green, flush,
label "START"
A = Maintained selector switch, flush, label
"HAND-OFF-AUTO"
NEMA 1B
1NO, 1NC (50ZAC1)
2
50FA2DC3
1
2
50FA2AB9
1
2
50FA6AB9
1
B = Indicator light, red, surface
A = Maintained selector switch, surface,
label "HAND-OFF-AUTO"
B = Indicator light, red, surface
A = Maintained selector switch, multiple legends, surface
3 unit surface
mount
Contacts / voltage
Number
of command
points
4
5
6
7
2 NO 2SPDT w/ common
jumper (50ZAC8)
B = Momentary pushbutton less insert, flush NEMA 1B
A = Maintained selector switch, multiple legends, flush
1NO, 1NC (50ZAC1)
B = Momentary pushbutton less insert
chrome plate, flush
A = Maintained selector switch, multiple
legends, flush
NEMA 1B
1NO, 1NC (50ZAC1)
B = Indicator light, red, flush
A = Maintained selector switch, flush, label
"HAND-OFF-AUTO"
NEMA 1B
120/240V dual voltage
(120PSB lamp)
2 NO 2SPDT w/ common
jumper (50ZAC8)
2
50HA2YC3
1
NEMA 1B
B = Indicator light, less lens, flush
A = Maintained selector switch, multiple legends, flush
120/240V dual voltage
(120PSB lamp)
2 NO 2SPDT w/ common
jumper (50ZAC8)
2
50HA22B9
1
B = Indicator light, less lens, chrome plate, NEMA 1B
flush
A = Maintained selector switch, multiple legends, flush
120/240V dual voltage
(120PSB lamp)
2 NO 2SPDT w/ common
jumper (50ZAC8)
2
50HA62B9
1
2 NO 2SPDT w/ common
jumper (50ZAC8)
8
9
2 NO 2SPDT w/ common
jumper (50ZAC8)
B = Indicator light, green, flush
A = Indicator light, red, flush
NEMA 1B
120/240V dual voltage
(120PSB lamp)
2
50GA2ZY
1
B = Indicator light, less lens, flush
A = Indicator light, less lens, flush
NEMA 1B
120/240V dual voltage
(120PSB lamp)
2
50GA222
1
B = Indicator light, less lens, chrome plate,
flush
A = Indicator light, less lens, chrome plate,
flush
NEMA 1B
120/240V dual voltage
(120PSB lamp)
2
50GA622
1
C = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"FORWARD"
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"REVERSE"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"STOP"
NEMA 1
2 NO, 2 NC (2 - 50ZAC2)
1NO - 1NC with common
jumper (50ZAC1)
3
50MA3KLE
1
C = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"UP"
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"DOWN"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"STOP"
NEMA 1
2 NO, 2 NC (2 - 50ZAC2)
1NO - 1NC with common
jumper (50ZAC1)
3
50MA3NPE
1
C = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"OPEN"
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"CLOSE"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"STOP"
NEMA 1
2 NO, 2 NC (2 - 50ZAC2)
1NO - 1NC with common
jumper (50ZAC1)
3
50MA3HJE
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/84
ICP_2010_09_09_012810Edit2_ab.fm Page 85 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:42 AM
Class 50 Standard Duty Pushbutton Stations
Pushbutton Stations
5A 600V AC NEMA B600
Selection and ordering data
Order No.
Pack
Degree of
protection
Contacts / voltage
C = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"FAST"
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"SLOW"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"STOP"
NEMA 1
2 NO, 2 NC (2 - 50ZAC2)
1NO - 1NC with common
jumper (50ZAC1)
3
50MA3TUE
Unit
1
C = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"START"
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"JOG"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"STOP"
NEMA 1
2 NO, 2 NC (2 - 50ZAC2)
1NO - 1NC with common
jumper (50ZAC1)
3
50MA3DME
1
C = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
less insert
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
less insert
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface. label
less insert
NEMA 1
2 NO, 2 NC (2 - 50ZAC2)
1NO - 1NC with common
jumper (50ZAC1)
3
50MA3AAA
1
C = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"START"
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"STOP"
A = Maintained selector switch, surface,
label "HAND-OFF-AUTO"
NEMA 1
1 NO, 1 NC (50ZAC2)
2 NO, 2 SPST with common
jumper (50ZAC8)
3
50LA3DEC3
1
C = Momentary pushbutton, less insert, sur- NEMA 1
face
B = Momentary pushbutton, less insert, surface
A = Maintained selector switch, multiple legends, surface
1 NO, 1 NC (50ZAC2)
2 NO, 2 SPST with common
jumper (50ZAC8)
3
50LA3AAB9
1
Operator identification
C = Indicator light, red, surface
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"START"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"STOP"
NEMA 1
120/240V dual voltage
(120PSB lamp)
1 NO, 1 NC (50ZAC2)
3
50JA3YDE
1
C = Indicator light, green, surface
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"START"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"STOP"
NEMA 1
120/240V dual voltage
(120PSB lamp)
1 NO, 1 NC (50ZAC2)
3
50JA3ZDE
1
NEMA 1
C = Indicator light, less lens, surface
B = Momentary pushbutton, less insert, surface
A = Momentary pushbutton, less insert, surface
120/240V dual voltage
(120PSB lamp)
1 NO, 1 NC (50ZAC2)
3
50JA32AA
1
NEMA 1
120/240V dual voltage
(120PSB lamp)
2 NO, 2 SPST with common
jumper (50ZAC8)
3
50NA3ZYC3
1
NEMA 1
C = Indicator light, less lens, surface
B = Indicator light, less lens, surface
A = Maintained selector switch, multiple legends, surface
120/240V dual voltage
(120PSB lamp)
2 NO, 2 SPST with common
jumper (50ZAC8)
3
50NA322B9
1
C = Indicator light, green, surface
B = Indicator light, red, surface
A = Maintained selector switch, surface,
label "HAND-OFF-AUTO"
9/85
Number
of command
points
Siemens ICP · 2011
ICP_2010_09_09_012810Edit2_ab.fm Page 86 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:42 AM
Class 50 Standard Duty Pushbutton Stations
Pushbutton Stations
10A 600V AC NEMA B600
1
Selection and ordering data
Order No.
Pack
Degree of
protection
Contacts / voltage
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "START""
NEMA 4
1NO - 1NC
1
50HA1E1
1
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "STOP"
NEMA 4
1NO - 1NC
1
50HA1E2
1
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "RESET"
NEMA 4
1NO - 1NC
1
50HA1E4
1
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface, label
"JOG"
A = Maintained selector switch, surface,
label "SAFE-RUN"
A = Maintained selector switch, surface,
label "OFF-ON"
A = Maintained selector switch, surface,
label "JOG-RUN"
NEMA 4
1NO - 1NC
1
50HA1E5
1
NEMA 4
1NO - 1NC
1
50HA1E6
1
NEMA 4
1NO - 1NC
1
50HA1E7
1
NEMA 4
1NO - 1NC
1
50HA1E8
1
A = Maintained selector switch, surface,
label "HAND-OFF-AUTO"
B = Momentary pushbutton green, surface,
label "START"
A = Momentary pushbutton red, surface,
label "STOP"
NEMA 4
1NO - 1NC
1
50HA1E9
1
NEMA 4
1NO - 1NC
2
50HA2E1
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "FORWARD"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "REVERSE"
NEMA 4
1NO - 1NC
2
50HA2E2
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "UP"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "DOWN"
NEMA 4
1NO - 1NC
2
50HA2E3
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "OPEN"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "CLOSE"
NEMA 4
1NO - 1NC
2
50HA2E4
1
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "FAST"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "SLOW"
NEMA 4
1NO - 1NC
2
50HA2E5
1
C = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "FORWARD"
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "REVERSE"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "STOP"
NEMA 4
1NO - 1NC
3
50HA3E1
1
C = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "UP"
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "DOWN"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "STOP"
NEMA 4
C = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "OPEN"
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "CLOSE"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "STOP"
NEMA 4
C = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "START"
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "JOG"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "STOP"
NEMA 4
1NO - 1NC
3
50HA3E9
1
C = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "FAST"
B = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "SLOW"
A = Momentary pushbutton, surface,
label "STOP"
NEMA 4
1NO - 1NC
3
50HA3E4
1
Operator identification
Art to Come
Number
of command
points
Unit
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1NO - 1NC
3
1
50HA3E2
12
1NO - 1NC
3
1
50HA3E3
13
14
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/86
ICP_2010_09_09_012810Edit2_ab.fm Page 87 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:42 AM
Pushbutton Stations
Class 50 Pushbutton Stations
Standard duty station accessories
Selection and ordering data
Legend inscription insert for snap-on mounting
Inscription
Color
Order No.
Close
Down
Fast
Forward
High
Hoist
Jog
Low
Lower
Off
On
Open
Reverse
Slow
Start
Stop
Stop (raised)
Up
Orange
Orange
Black
Green
Black
Green
Black
Black
Orange
Red
Green
Green
Orange
Black
Green
Red
Red
Green
50D53493005
50D53493010
50D53493013
50D53493006
50D53493015
50D53493011
50D53493008
50D53493016
50D53493012
50D53493018
50D53493017
50D53493004
50D53493007
50D53493014
50D53493001
50D53493002
50D53493003
50D53493009
Pack
Unit
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Version
Suitable for
Color
Order No.
Pack
Mushroom head
Padlock attachment
Mechanical interlock kit
Contact blocks
1NO, 1NC
2NO, 2SPST
1NO, 1NC
1NO, 1NO
Used only for raised buttons
Red
50ZMH
50ZAL
50ZAM
1
1
1
Single button
Selector switch
Two button
Two button
50ZAC1
50ZAC8
50ZAC2
50ZAC3
1
1
1
1
120/240V Dual Voltage, no
lens
50ZAC6
1
50ZPL01
50ZPL02
50ZAP2
50ZAP3
50D21983001
1
1
1
1
1
Unit
50ZAC1
50ZAC2
50ZAC8
50ZAC3
Pilot light
Pilot light lens
Pendant Bracket
Replacement lamps
Slide base, lamp type 120PSB
Red
Green
1 & 2 unit station
3 unit station
Class 50 type 1, 1B 120V
Heavy
Heavyduty
Dutystation
Stationaccessories
Accessories
9/87
Version
Suitable for
Color
Order No.
Pack
Pushbutton caps
NEMA 4 control stations
NEMA 4 control stations
Red
Green
BHP15X
BHP16X
Unit
1
1
Siemens ICP · 2011
ICP_2010_09_09_012810Edit2_ab.fm Page 88 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:42 AM
Pushbutton Stations
Class 50 Pushbutton Stations
Standard duty - Dimensional drawings
1
Dimension drawings
1 Unit Station Surface Mounting—Type 1
1 Unit Station Flush Mounting—Type 1B
2
3
4
2 Pushbutton Stations Surface Mounting—Type 1
5
2 Pushbutton Stations Flush Mounting—Type 1B
6
7
8
9
2 Unit Stations Surface Mounting—Type 1
2 Unit Station Flush Mounting—Type 1B
10
11
12
3 Unit Stations Surface Mounting
13
1 Unit Stations—Type 4
14
15
16
17
Siemens ICP · 2011
9/88
ICP_2010_09_09_012810Edit2_ab.fm Page 89 Tuesday, September 20, 2011 8:42 AM